gnucash-docs maint: Replace defective Italian gnucash-guide.xml with a working one.
John Ralls
jralls at code.gnucash.org
Fri Dec 9 15:13:24 EST 2016
Updated via https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/56c7bc11 (commit)
from https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash-docs/commit/be0c7eed (commit)
commit 56c7bc11ee4f718acf2e95a18e7988b3e02fc09d
Author: John Ralls <jralls at ceridwen.us>
Date: Fri Dec 9 12:13:07 2016 -0800
Replace defective Italian gnucash-guide.xml with a working one.
diff --git a/guide/it/Makefile.am b/guide/it/Makefile.am
index 545b3eb..3b40a07 100644
--- a/guide/it/Makefile.am
+++ b/guide/it/Makefile.am
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ COMPONENTS = \
${top_srcdir}/guide/C/appendixd.xml
gnucash-guide.xml: ${COMPONENTS} ${srcdir}/it.po
- xml2po -e -p ${srcdir}/it.po -o $@ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
+ xml2po -e -p ${srcdir}/it.po -o $@ ${top_srcdir}/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml
if test "${srcdir}" != "${buildir}"; then mv $@ ${srcdir}; fi
EXTRA_DIST += it.po
diff --git a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
index 6a16bc2..10a7004 100644
--- a/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
+++ b/guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd" [
<!-- HTML codes unknown to xmllint and xml2po: --><!ENTITY lsquo "‘">
<!ENTITY rsquo "’">
@@ -7780,1944 +7778,115 @@ Entrate
<para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
- <para><quote>a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a
- quantity of a financial instrument</quote>.
- </para>
- <para>
- <application>GnuCash</application> has a built-in lot management
- facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses
- resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into
- lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More
- specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell
- transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and
- linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and
- transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and
- the cost of the securities sold. <application>GnuCash</application>
- refers to this process as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>.
- </para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-split4">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>The term <emphasis>scrub</emphasis> is used because security
- accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference
- between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling
- them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital
- gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance
- (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>) bottom line total debits will not balance to
- total credits.
- </para>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <note><para>If you make an error, you can delete the capital gain/loss
- transaction(s) and lot(s) and retry.</para>
- </note>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>
- If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see
- Wikipedia <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FIFO_and_LIFO_accounting">
- FIFO and LIFO accounting</ulink> and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Average_cost_method">
- Average cost method</ulink>.
- </para>
+ <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
- <para>
- If you are not familiar with the difference between <application>GnuCash
- </application> transactions and splits, please see
- <xref linkend="txns-registers-txntypes"/>.
- </para>
+ <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <para>
- The <application>GnuCash</application> lot management facility can be a
- useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends
- have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs
- involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell
- transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific
- buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO.
- Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with
- the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either
- the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellLotsWin">
- <title>Lots in Account Window</title>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
- a security account, is used to manually or automatically link
- security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
- transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
- a security and the value received by selling it.
- </para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
- security account register, then select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
+ </sect2>
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window
- </title>
- <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
+<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window</phrase>
- </textobject>
+-->
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
+ <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
+ <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
- <para>Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants,
- <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-help/tool-lots.html">
- Lots in Account
- </ulink> for details of the Lots in Account screen elements.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellProcedure">
- <title>Procedure Summary</title>
+ <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
- <para>Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of
- capital gain or loss typically follows these steps:
- </para>
+ <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <!-- Manual Lot Creation and Linking -->
- <listitem><para><xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> (Optional
- depending on cost method)</para>
- </listitem>
+ <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAuto"/></para>
- </listitem>
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
- </listitem>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <listitem>
- <!-- Run a Trial Balance -->
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellTrialBal"/> report to ensure total
- debits balance to total credits</para>
- </listitem>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
+ <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellManual">
- <title>Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
+ <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
- <para>Before using this feature, ensure you have read
- <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/>.
- </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and
- sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to
- use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO).
- Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the
- Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains
- transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to
- be used when using LIFO or <quote>sale of designated lots</quote>
- (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is
- concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do
- FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing
- cannot be used for average costing.
- </para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
+ <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellManualExample"/>.
- </para>
- </sect3>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
+ </listitem>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAuto">
- <title>Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions</title>
- <note><para>Do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> do this unless you are using
- FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See
- <xref linkend="invest-sellConsiderations"/></para>
- </note>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
- <para>See:</para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample"/></para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellAutoExample2"/></para>
- <para><xref linkend="invest-sellFifoSplit"/></para>
- </sect3>
+ <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
+ </imageobject>
- <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct">
- <title>Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
- <para>
- The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an
- automatically created generic <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis>
- account (where CCC is the security currency) because <application>
- GnuCash</application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss account
- should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the <emphasis>
- Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
- income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss
- account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
- </para>
+ <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
- <para>See <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample"/>.
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellTrialBal">
- <title>Run a Trial Balance</title>
- <para>Running a Trial Balance report
- (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Reports</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Income & Expense</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Trial Balance</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>) after creating capital gain/loss
- transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are
- correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for
- securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the
- report, total debits should equal total credits.
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To
- determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly
- accounting for capital gain/loss:
- </para>
-
- <para>If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell
- transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are
- the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial
- Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out
- by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is
- causing the problem.
- </para>
-
- <para>If you find a prior <emphasis>out of balance
- </emphasis> Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance
- report with different dates until you find the date it starts
- being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates
- for each transaction on the problem date to the following
- day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time,
- running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the
- problem transaction. When you change the date of a security
- sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the
- corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the
- sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellConsiderations">
- <title>Considerations</title>
-
- <para>There are some points that should be considered before using the
- lot management facility.
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> implements only the First In/
- First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy
- transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are
- always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be
- used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to
- the sell split before scrubbing.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information
- when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It
- calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected
- <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> report option
- (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio
- Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital
- gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model
- must be used in both places.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Scrubbing does not work correctly if there has been a previous
- sale where the capital gain splits have been manually entered as
- part of the sale transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are
- recorded as 2 transactions:
- </para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Transaction 1 dealing with value received, reduction of the
- number of shares and (optionally) commission
- </title>
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Brokerage or Bank</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Commission (optional)</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Titolo</entry>
- <entry>-NumSold</entry>
- <entry>SaleUnitPrice</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry>SaleValue</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <table>
- <title>Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example)
- </title>
- <tgroup cols="5">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Tot Shares</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>(Unit) Price</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Buy (Debit)</emphasis></entry>
- <entry><emphasis>Sell (Credit)</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Capital Loss</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Debit</entry>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry>Titolo</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry>0</entry>
- <entry/>
- <entry>Credit</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The automatic capital gains calculations can handle
- straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but
- any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple
- splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must
- be handled manually.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellManualExample">
- <title>Example of Manual Lot Creation and Linking</title>
-
- <para>Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using
- the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction
- (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along
- with the sell transaction, and the <application>GnuCash</application>
- scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create
- the capital gain/loss transaction.
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Open the security account's register.</para>
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before
- scrubbing a single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots0reg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots0_RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register before lot scrubbing
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
- <chapter id="ch_reports">
- <title>Resoconti</title>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows
-users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting
-this information into <application>GnuCash</application> is only a part of the process. To be truly
-helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways.
-<application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to just that.</para>
-<para><application>GnuCash</application>'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of
-transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer
-questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries
-last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?"</para>
-<para><application>GnuCash</application> includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to
-meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is
-possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is
-not recommended for beginners).</para>
-
- <sect1 id="rpt_concepts">
- <title>In generale</title>
- <para>There are many standard reports pre-built in <application>GnuCash</application>,
- all available from the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> pulldown menu in the main account window.</para>
- <para>When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run
- with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on
-the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different
-settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports,
-the options will be different. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="rpt_savedconfigsinfo">
- <title>Saved Reports Configurations Concepts</title>
- <para>Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save
- that report for reuse at a later point. <application>GnuCash</application> allows custom
- reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command.</para>
- <para>To save a report configuration:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name
-to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title).</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Apply the changes and close the dialog.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>This will store the report options in a file in your home directory.</para>
-<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved,
-you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report
-Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it.</para>
-<para>Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration.
-Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report
-configuration with a new name.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations are available for use under the
-Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for
-use on multicolumn reports.</para>
-<para>Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations
-dialog by clicking the trashcan icon.</para>
-<para>To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report
-Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report
-Configuration.</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="rpt_standardrpts">
- <title>Standard Reports Overview</title>
- <para>The standard reports that are included in <application>GnuCash</application> are presented here
- in the order that they appear in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu. In each section, a short
- description for each report is given, which explains what the report is
- intended to show, and its primary purpose.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_assetsliabs">
-<title>Assets & Liabilities Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_advport">
-<title>Advanced Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts
-(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the
-<application>GnuCash</application> price database and within the
-<application>GnuCash</application> transaction data. If you do not have stock
-price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report
-includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information
-about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities.</para>
-
- <sect4 id="rpt-advport-capgains">
- <title>Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains</title>
- <para>
- The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to
- calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and
- sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and
- losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored.
- Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s
- account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an
- income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split
- in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction
- (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this
- will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can
- be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or
- short/long term gains, without affecting this report.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_assetbarchart">
-<title>Asset Barchart</title>
-<para>The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_assetpiechart">
-<title>Asset Piechart</title>
-<para>The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_avgbalance">
-<title>Average Balance</title>
-<para>The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_balancesheet">
-<title>Balance Sheet</title>
-<para>The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances
-for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets
-are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense
-of the financial condition of the entity.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_generaljournal">
-<title>General Journal</title>
-<para>The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning
-to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and
-totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets.</para>
-<para>This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can
-include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether
-to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you
-need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction
-Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_generalledger">
-<title>General Ledger</title>
-<para>The General Ledger produces information about all transactions
-for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data,
-and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_investport">
-<title>Investment Portfolio</title>
-<para>The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that
-is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and
-value information about commodities in the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_liabbarchart">
-<title>Liability Barchart</title>
-<para>The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_liabpiechart">
-<title>Liability Piechart</title>
-<para>The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_networthbar">
-<title>Net Worth Barchart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current
-financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_networthline">
-<title>Net Worth Linechart</title>
-<para>The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and
-overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial
-period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_pricescatter">
-<title>Price Scatterplot</title>
-<para>The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to
-another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency.
-When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be
-changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of
-Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific
-commodity.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_budget">
-<title>Budget Group</title>
-<para> Budget reports in <application>GnuCash</application> allow you to gather
-summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for
-these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this
-group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you
-need to have a budget saved in your file.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budbalsht">
-<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budbarchart">
-<title>Budget Barchart</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budflow">
-<title>Budget Flow</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budincstate">
-<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budprofloss">
-<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_budreport">
-<title>Budget Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_business">
-<title>Business Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide general information about activities related
-to a business.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_customer">
-<title>Customer Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_custsummary">
-<title>Customer Summary</title>
-<para>Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by
-comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer.</para>
-<para>All invoices have an Owner in <application>GnuCash</application>, so invoices that are
-made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default
-Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry,
-since this is the tag that decides the line to which
-to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer."
-Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an
-invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer."</para>
-<para>Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report
-may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled.</para>
-<para>Possible use scenarios include:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Tracking retail sales from different cities</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking rental properties</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking types of business</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Tracking commission sales</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<para>Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns
-for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense
-tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and
-expense accounts are included; however, since <application>GnuCash</application> can't really predict
-the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all
-into the "No Customer" entry.</para>
-<para>Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature.</para>
-<para>Useful options:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_easyinv">
-<title>Easy Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_employee">
-<title>Employee Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_fancyinv">
-<title>Fancy Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_payaging">
-<title>Payable Aging</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_prtinv">
-<title>Printable Invoice</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_recaging">
-<title>Receivable Aging</title>
-<para>This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and
-how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods—how
-much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days.
-The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_vendor">
-<title>Vendor Report</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_incexp">
-<title>Income & Expense Group</title>
-<para>Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_cashflow">
-<title>Cash Flow</title>
-<para>This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash)
-over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and
-Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates
-all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the
-other account.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_equity">
-<title>Equity Statement</title>
-<para>This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The
-Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a
-specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts
-by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time.</para>
-<para>By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available
-capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_expbarchart">
-<title>Expense Barchart</title>
-<para>The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_exppiechart">
-<title>Expense Piechart</title>
-<para>The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_expdayoweek">
-<title>Expenses vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for
-selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction.
-The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts,
-display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows
-expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by
-day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations,
-the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting
-to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incomebarchart">
-<title>Income Barchart</title>
-<para>The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that
-have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for
-the current financial period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in
-the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally,
-the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular
-form below the chart.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incexpchart">
-<title>Income & Expense Chart</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incomepiechart">
-<title>Income Piechart</title>
-<para>The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in
-piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that
-have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by
-value as of the end of the current accounting period.</para>
-<para>Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how
-the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at
-deeper levels of the account structure.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more
-slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly
-affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report.</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incstatement">
-<title>Income Statement</title>
-<para>This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By
-default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of
-sub-accounts for the current financial period.</para>
-<para>An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement."</para>
-<para>In earlier versions of <application>GnuCash</application>, this report was called
-"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement"
-to use more common accounting terminology.</para>
-<para>The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is
-going for a given time period.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_incdayoweek">
-<title>Income vs. Day of Week</title>
-<para>Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected
-income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report
-options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options,
-and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be
-chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any
-other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be
-considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the
-source code for composing a useful custom report.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_trialbal">
-<title>Trial Balance</title>
-<para>Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular
-date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily
-used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_sampcust">
-<title>Sample & Custom Group</title>
-<para>The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized
-or podified to suit personal need.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_custommulti">
-<title>Custom Multicolumn Report</title>
-<para>This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom
-reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty
-window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display.
-Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the
-multicolumn display can be edited.</para>
-</sect3>
-<sect3 id="rpt_sample">
-<title>Sample Report with Examples</title>
-<para>This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_welcome">
-<title>Welcome Sample Report</title>
-<para>This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create
-custom dashboard-type reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="rpt_grp_miscrpts">
-<title>Other Reports</title>
-<para>Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described
-below.</para>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_acctsummary">
-<title>Account Summary</title>
-<para>This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a
-particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals
-down to third-level subaccounts.</para>
-<para>This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts.
-You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts.</para>
-<para>Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period
-(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might
-consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_futsched">
-<title>Future Scheduled Transactions Summary</title>
-<para/>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_taxtxf">
-<title>Tax Report & TXF Export</title>
-<para>Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and
-deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report
-data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf
-downloadable versions.</para>
-<para>To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which
-form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that
-you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_txnrept">
-<title>Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report lists the transactions in selected accounts during a
-specified financial period. When first run, this report loads no data,
-and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_savedrpts">
-<title>Saved Report Configurations</title>
-<para>Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report
-Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized
-settings for standard reports.</para>
-<para>These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See
-Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_acctreport">
-<title>Account Report</title>
-<para>The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is
-the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open
-register.</para>
-<para>Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the
-results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create
-a report for just those transactions.</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3 id="rpt_accttxnrept">
-<title>Account Transaction Report</title>
-<para>This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab.
-However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected
-(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected,
-an empty report will be generated.</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.0.0
- Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_capgain">
- <title>Guadagni in conto capitale</title>
-
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> to open the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel>
- window where SSSS is the security account.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
- single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots1B4CreateLot">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots1_BeforeCreateLot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before lot scrubbing
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before lot scrubbing.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Create a new lot using the <guimenu>New Lot</guimenu> button.
- Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Highlight the new lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This
- Account</guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the
- security to be sold in the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the buy
- split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>
- Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits in Lot
- </guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits
- that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only
- 1 buy split in the sale).</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Highlight the sell split in the <guilabel>Splits free
- </guilabel> panel.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel> >> </guilabel> button to link the sell
- split with the highlighted lot.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Check the lot <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> is as expected.
- I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number
- of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of
- security buys.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a
- single lot, after manual linking
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots2B4Scrub1Lot">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots2_BeforeScrub1Lot.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a
- single lot
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before scrubbing a single lot.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button (<emphasis>NOT
- </emphasis> the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button).
- </para>
-
- <para>The <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window has not
- changed after using the <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button
- so no example screen image is supplied.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Continue to
- <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/></para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <literallayout>
--Assets
- -Current Assets
- -Savings Account
- -Fixed Assets
- -ITEM1
- -Cost
- -Unrealized Gain
- -ITEM2
- -Cost
- -Unrealized Gain
--Income
- -Realized Gains
- -Unrealized Gains
- </literallayout>
- </sect1>
-
- <para>Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps:
- </para>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the security account's register.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Ensure the sell transaction has been entered with no
- splits for capital gains or losses.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
- <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
- security account.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>If using LIFO, use the above procedure
- <xref linkend="invest-sellManual"/> to create a lot for each sell
- transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of
- the buy transactions that make up the sale.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button which:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already
- linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits
- using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only
- be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked
- to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split
- into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits,
- it is possible to have different splits from the same
- transaction in both the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Splits in lot</guilabel> panels.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Creates a separate transaction per lot for
- capital gain/loss.</para>
-
- <note><para>
- If there are already gain/loss splits as part of a sell
- transaction, <application>GnuCash</application> scrubbing does
- not recognize them. So if manually adding gain/loss,
- separate gain/loss transaction splits from the transaction
- that reduces the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>) by putting
- them in a separate transaction if you may use scrubbing in
- future.</para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Continue with the instructions in the next section.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellAutoExample2">
- <title>Example 2 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions - 2 Sales at Once</title>
-
- <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation.
- In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once
- but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason
- for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple
- sales on the same day.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots0reg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots0RegB4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register before Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the
- <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window where SSSS is the
- security account.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots1B4ScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots1B4Scrub.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account
- is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window before Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button.</para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots2AftScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots2LotsAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub
- Account
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
- </emphasis> window after using Scrub Account.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <para>After using the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> button only
- the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the <guilabel>
- Lots in Account</guilabel> window has been closed and reopened so
- all the lots show.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window and
- return to the security account register.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest2-lots3AftScrubAcct">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest2Lots3RegAftScrubAcct.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after using Scrub Account
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
- </emphasis> after using Scrub Account.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <para>The security splits in the sell transactions have been split
- into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain transaction
- has been created for each security subsplit of each sell
- transaction.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Continue to <xref linkend="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcct"/>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellFifoSplit">
- <title>Example 3 of Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss
- Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split</title>
- <para>Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot
- creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a
- simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were
- bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for
- zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all
- 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitReg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot0">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot0.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account
- </title>
- <screenshot id="investLotsSplitLot1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLotsSplitLot1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after Scrub Account is used.
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Security Account register in
- transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- The above screen shots show that scrubbing created:
- </para>
-
- <para>2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the
- stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost)
- </para>
-
- <para>2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the
- sale:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 - cost $1000)</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 - cost $0)</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term
- one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a
- distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the
- split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they
- should consult a professional.
- </para>
-
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="invest-sellChgCapGainsAcctExample">
- <title>Example of Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account</title>
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window if
- open and return to the security account register.
- </para>
-
- <figure pgwide="1">
- <title>Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a
- single lot
- </title>
- <screenshot id="invest-lots4AftScrub1LotReg">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/investLots4_AfterScrub1LotReg.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of security register after scrubbing a
- single lot
- </phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>security register
- </emphasis> after scrubbing a single lot.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Find each new <emphasis>Realized Gain/Loss</emphasis>
- transaction in the security account register (they will
- have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the <emphasis>
- Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> transaction split to re-assign the
- income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or
- loss account (e.g. <emphasis>Income:Long Term Capital
- Gain:IBM</emphasis>).
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>You may like to split the capital gain/loss into
- taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your
- tax laws.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-dividends1">
- <title>Dividendi</title>
-
- <para>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendcash">
- <title>Dividendi liquidi</title>
-
- <para>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
- transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income
- from <emphasis>Income:Dividends</emphasis>. Additionally if you want to tie
- the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy
- transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0.</para>
-
- <para>As an example consider the following; the dividends
- deposited as cash into the <emphasis>Broker</emphasis> Account with a tie
- to the stock account.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendcash1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Daniel Dodson"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <emphasis>mediazione</emphasis> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <note>
- <para>Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <emphasis>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</emphasis> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</para>
- </note>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-dividendreinvest">
- <title>Dividendi reinvestiti</title>
-
- <para>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <quote>Entrate:Dividendi</quote> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</para>
-
- <para>As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
- dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
- </para>
-
- <para>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
- reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. <application>GnuCash</application>
- simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
- first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share <guilabel>Price</guilabel>
- cell and 100*.29 in the <guilabel>Buy</guilabel> cell. <application>GnuCash</application> will calculate for you the
- corresponding numer of <guilabel>Shares</guilabel></para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-dividendreinvest1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend
- reinvestment. </para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="invest-retofcap">
- <title>Return of Capital</title>
-
- <para>This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to
- the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than
- reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed.
- </para>
-
- <para>A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register
- by entering the stock split with
- </para>
-
- <informaltable>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>Quote</entry><entry>0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Prezzo</entry><entry>0</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Vendi</entry><entry>Return of Capital value</entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- <para>The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the
- brokerage bank account.
- </para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-ret-of-cap">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject role="html">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
- </imageobject>
- <imageobject role="fo">
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_ret_of_cap.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Example of return of capital transactions</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>An image of the Stock Account register after a return
- of capital.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <note><para>It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this
- type of transaction.</para>
- </note>
-
- <tip><para>If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split,
- <application>GnuCash</application> may have created an unwanted price database
- entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an
- unwanted entry from the price database using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools
- </guimenu><guimenuitem>Price Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect1>
-
-<!-- Stock Splits - Simple
-
--->
-
- <sect1 id="invest-splitsnmergers1">
- <title>Frazionamenti e fusioni</title>
-
- <para>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</para>
-
- <sect2 id="invest-simplesplit">
- <title>Frazionamento azionario semplice</title>
-
- <para>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Frazionamento azionario</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto:Azioni</emphasis> che si possiede.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
-<!--
- (Do not remove this comment block.)
- Version: 2.4.0
- Last modified: March 16th 2010
- Maintainers:
- Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Author:
- Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
- Updated Bengt Thuree <bengt at thuree.com>
- Updated Geert Janssens <janssens-geert at telenet.be>
- Originally designed by Carol Champagne.
- Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
--->
-<chapter id="chapter_currency">
- <title>Valute multiple</title>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <para>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</para>
-
- <note>
- <para>Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <guilabel>trading</guilabel> fornite da <application>&app;</application>. Queste funzionalità , introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <application>&app;</application>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <guilabel>Conti</guilabel> accessibile dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem> Proprietà </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>Per una guida completa sui conti per il <guilabel>trading</guilabel> si consiglia di consultare la <ulink type="http" url="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</ulink>.</para>
- </note>
- </sect1>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionamento 2 per 1, quindi il numero di quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -EUR (HKD)
-
-Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
- </literallayout>
-
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
-
-
- <screenshot id="invest-split4">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_split4.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</para>
- </caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>Una finestra finale di <guilabel>Termina</guilabel> proporrà diverse opzioni: <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton>, <guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <guibutton>Applica</guibutton> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-simplesplit1">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine del registro del conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<emphasis> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</emphasis></emphasis></para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- </sect2>
-
-<!-- Moderately Complex Stock Merger
-
--->
-
- <sect2 id="invest-merger1">
- <title>Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</title>
-
- <para>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</para>
-
- <para>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <quote>T</quote> da AT&T.</para>
-
- <para>AT&T fornì dei <quote>dividendi</quote> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</para>
-
- <para>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <quote>Dettagli</quote>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <emphasis>Conto investimenti:Azioni</emphasis> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-merge2">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge2.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<emphasis>Conto investimenti:T</emphasis>).</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
-
- <para>Selezionare il conto <emphasis>Attività :Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</emphasis> e premere <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <para>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data</guilabel> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Quote</guilabel> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</para>
- <para>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <application>&app;</application> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <quote>(0,77942*100)-100</quote>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Nuovo prezzo</guilabel> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta</guilabel> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>.</para>
-
- <screenshot id="invest-merge3">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/invest_merge3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Dave Herman"/>
- </imageobject>
-
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3.</phrase>
- </textobject>
-
- <caption><para>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</para></caption>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
+ <para>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <quote>Cash in Lieu</quote>.</para>
<para>Una schermata finale di <quote>Termine</quote> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare <guimenu>Indietro</guimenu>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di <guimenu>Applica</guimenu> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</para>
@@ -10529,26 +8698,11 @@ an empty report will be generated.</para>
<para>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> al conto <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis>.</para>
<para>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas</emphasis>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e l’intero valore del conto <emphasis>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</emphasis> nel conto <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis>.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>Beijing Airport</emphasis> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>Since we wanted to be able to track all various income and expense amounts,
- we come up with the following Account structure:</para>
+ <para>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</para>
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport)
-Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca (HKD)
-Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD (HKD)
-Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
-Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
- </literallayout>
- </literallayout>
<para><table>
<title>Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</title>
- <para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
<tgroup cols="4">
<tbody>
@@ -10574,27 +8728,16 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<row>
<entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</entry>
- <para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_ToAmount.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
- </imageobject>
+ <entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
<entry>€100.000</entry>
<entry>€0</entry>
</row>
- <para>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
- </imageobject>
- </imageobject>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Attività :Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</entry>
<entry>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</entry>
@@ -10605,10 +8748,8 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- </sect1>
+ <para>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <emphasis>Attività :Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</emphasis> e <emphasis>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</emphasis> a un totale rispettivamente di €130.000 ed €30.000.</para>
<screenshot id="capgain_app3main">
<mediaobject>
@@ -10853,16 +8994,16 @@ Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
structure for this would be:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -European Bank (EUR)
- -HK Bank (HKD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
- -EUR (EUR)
- -HKD (HKD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -European Bank (EUR)
+ -HK Bank (HKD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
+ -EUR (EUR)
+ -HKD (HKD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -10964,14 +9105,11 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
<sect1 id="currency_howto1">
<title>Recording and Updating Currency Exchange Rates</title>
- <para>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <application>GnuCash</application> data file, so
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and edit
- preferences (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- <menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X)
- to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
- decided to be able to track as much detail of your income and expenses
- as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
- as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</para>
+
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates
+ both manually and automatically. This process is essentially the
+ same as setting share prices for investments (see <xref linkend="invest-stockprice1"/>).
+ In the following two sections we will work through both methods.</para>
<para>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</para>
@@ -10991,18 +9129,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</screenshot>
<para>As you see, the overall balances do not yet reflect any value for EUR
or HKD holdings. Adding currency exchange rates will fix this.</para>
- <para>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
- that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
- happened to be very rich. And so, now you are $500,000 AUD richer. That was not
- all though; another item in the mail states that you won the lottery, and got $250,000
- AUD for that. </para>
- <para>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</para>
- <literallayout>
-Equity:Lottery (AUD)
-Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
- </literallayout>
- </literallayout>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_Manual">
+ <title>Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</title>
<para>Aprire l’<guilabel>editor prezzi</guilabel> andando in <menuchoice><guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu><guimenuitem>Editor prezzi</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
@@ -11076,19 +9205,9 @@ Equity:Inheritance (AUD)
<para>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio per HKD, <application>&app;</application> non converte l’HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione successiva.</para>
</sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>Acquistare una casa</title>
- <para>At last you can afford to pay off that house loan you had to take some years ago
- (with a $50,000 deposit).</para>
-
- <literallayout>
-Attività :Beni immobili:Casa (EUR) €300.000
-Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo (EUR) €250.000
-Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo (EUR)
-Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
- </literallayout>
- </literallayout>
+ <sect2 id="currency_howto_Auto">
+ <title>Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</title>
<para>In the previous section you saw how to manually define a
new currency exchange rate, but <application>GnuCash</application> includes an
@@ -11138,16 +9257,8 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column.
Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange
rate.</para>
- <entry/>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <emphasis>Passività :Prestiti:Mutuo</emphasis> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</para>
-
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png">
+ <screenshot id="currency_main3.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_main3.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
@@ -11214,15 +9325,15 @@ Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura (EUR) €50.000
structure:</para>
<literallayout>
--Assets (USD)
- -Current Assets (USD)
- -US Bank (USD)
- -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
- -Fixed Assets (USD)
- -Boat (JMD)
--Equity (USD)
- -Opening Balances
- -USD (USD)
+-Assets (USD)
+ -Current Assets (USD)
+ -US Bank (USD)
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)
+ -Boat (JMD)
+-Equity (USD)
+ -Opening Balances (USD)
+ -USD (USD)
Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
</literallayout>
@@ -11306,8 +9417,9 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange
rate you have either automatically or manually retrieved.</para>
</sect2>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
- <entry>0,7593</entry>
+
+ <sect2 id="currency_purchase3">
+ <title>Purchasing Foreign Stocks</title>
<para>This example will show how to purchase stocks that are priced in a
currency other than your primary currency.</para>
@@ -11323,11 +9435,11 @@ Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.
account structure:</para>
<literallayout>
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
-Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
-Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
-Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
-Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK)
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)
+Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)
+Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)
+Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
</literallayout>
<para>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</para>
@@ -11376,12 +9488,21 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account
(<emphasis>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</emphasis>), and enter
the following:</para>
-<literallayout>
- Acquisto delle azioni
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca Prelievo 50.000
- Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Boom_HKD Deposito 500
- Attività :Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694 Deposito 49.500 (16.500 quote)
-</literallayout>
+<bridgehead renderas="sect4">Buy Stocks</bridgehead>
+<informaltable frame="none" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="3*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="right"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry><entry>50,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKD</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>500</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Brokerage
+ Account:Boom:0694</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>49,500
+ (16,500 shares)</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
<para>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <guilabel>Tasso di cambio</guilabel>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <guilabel>Modifica tasso di cambio</guilabel>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <guilabel>Trasferisci a:</guilabel></para>
@@ -11394,18 +9515,15 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
<textobject>
<phrase>Trasferimento di fondi</phrase>
</textobject>
- <entry>25</entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </para>
- <para>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased shares of stock in three
- different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
- does not indicate how much they are valued in your home currency, AUD.</para>
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
- <screenshot id="currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png">
+ <caption><para>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</para></caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+
+ <para>When you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the
+ purchased shares reflected in the stock account’s total.</para>
+
+ <screenshot id="currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Bengt Thuree"/>
@@ -11447,8 +9565,9 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
structure would suffice:</para>
<literallayout>
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
- Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
<para>You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting
exchange rates as you went.</para>
@@ -11457,10 +9576,11 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as:</para>
<literallayout>
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)
- Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX (XXX)
- Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX (XXX)</literallayout>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)
+ Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)
+ </literallayout>
<sect2 id="currency_invest12">
<title>Purchasing Currency</title>
@@ -11470,12 +9590,19 @@ Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)
For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs
to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150.</para>
-<literallayout>
-Buy Currency
- Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank Withdrawal 10,000
- Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF Deposit 150
- Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF Deposit 49,250
-</literallayout>
+ <bridgehead renderas="sect4">Buy Currency</bridgehead>
+ <informaltable frame="none" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="5*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="2*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="right"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row><entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry><entry>10,000</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADF</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>150</entry></row>
+ <row><entry>Assets:Investments:Currency:ADF</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>49,250</entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
<para>The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you
leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
@@ -11507,69 +9634,36 @@ Buy Currency
<title>Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</title>
<tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colwidth="3*" align="left"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="center"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" align="center"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row><entry>Conto</entry><entry>Deposito</entry><entry>Prelievo</entry></row>
+ </thead>
<tbody>
<row>
- <entry><emphasis>Conto</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Deposito</emphasis></entry>
-
- <entry><emphasis>Prelievo</emphasis></entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry>
-
- <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry>
-
- <entry/>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry>
-
- <entry/>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry/>
-
- <entry>Importo venduto</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>[PERDITA]</entry>
-
- <entry>UTILE</entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry>
-
- <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry>
-
- <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry>
- </row>
+ <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</entry> <entry>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</entry> <entry/> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</entry> <entry>Imposta di cambio</entry> <entry/> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry> <entry/> <entry>Importo venduto</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</entry> <entry>[PERDITA]</entry> <entry>UTILE</entry> </row>
+ <row> <entry>Attività :Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</entry> <entry>PROFITTO (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0)</entry> <entry>[PERDITA (con <guilabel>trasferisci a</guilabel> = 0) ]</entry> </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>Come procedere?</title>
- <para>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
- The rest, that is, various selling transactions and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
- ponder.</para>
- </sect2>
</sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="currency_reconcile1">
+ <title>Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency</title>
+ <para>Reconciling foreign statement are done in the same manner as when
+ you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of
+ Accounts structure which allows you to have the same currency per account
+ as your statement, it is actually exactly the same as
+ reconciling your local bank statement.</para>
+ <para>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
diff --git a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
index a1f977f..62bbc4c 100644
--- a/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
+++ b/help/it/gnucash-help.xml
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
Some global declarations which are used in the files. For easier
maintainance they should be collected here.
--><!ENTITY manrevision "2.6.14">
-<!ENTITY date "17 Settembre 2016">
+<!ENTITY date "17 September2016">
<!ENTITY vers-unstable "master">
<!ENTITY vers-stable "2.6.14">
<!ENTITY series-unstable "master">
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
<bookinfo>
<title>Manuale di aiuto di <application>&app;</application></title>
- <edition>v2.6.13</edition>
+ <edition>v2.6.14</edition>
<copyright>
<year>2002-2016</year>
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
(translators put your name and email here)
-->
-<chapter id="Getting-Help">
+<chapter id="Getting-Help">
<title id="Using-Help">Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</title>
<para>Questo documento è consultabile in due modi:</para>
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect1 id="Help-Window">
<title>Accedere all’aiuto</title>
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
<para>Il lato destro della finestra di aiuto mostra la pagina attualmente aperta. Il lato sinistro contiene invece la lista degli argomenti. Selezionando uno degli argomenti dell’aiuto, la corrispondente pagina verrà aperta nella finestra di destra.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="tutorial">
<title>Guida ai concetti e manuale di <application>&app;</application></title>
@@ -526,10 +526,10 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
- <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
+ <para>Or you can chat live with the developers on IRC.
Join them on #gnucash at irc.gnome.org.</para>
- <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>GnuCash</application> web site </ulink>
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://www.gnucash.org"><application>GnuCash</application> web site </ulink>
has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there
to additional useful resources such as the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
and bug tracking system.</para>
@@ -571,15 +571,23 @@
<itemizedlist id="CreateAccounts">
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Creare un nuovo gruppo di conti</guilabel> — Avvia l’assistente per <guilabel>Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel> (<xref linkend="acct-hierarchy"/>). Selezionare questa opzione per essere assistiti nella creazione di un gruppo di conti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Create a new set of accounts:</guilabel> Runs the
+ <guilabel>New Account Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant (see <xref linkend="acct-hierarchy"/>). Select
+ this option if you want to be assisted in creating a set of accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Importare file QIF</guilabel> — Avvia l’assistente per l’<guilabel>Importazione dei file QIF</guilabel> (<xref linkend="import-qif"/>). Selezionare questa opzione se si devono importare in <application>&app;</application> dei file di Quicken (estensione <filename>.qif</filename>) provenienti da un’altra applicazione finanziaria.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Import my QIF files:</guilabel> Runs the
+ <guilabel>Import QIF Files</guilabel> assistant (see <xref linkend="import-qif"/>). Select this option
+ if you already have Quicken files (<filename>.qif</filename> files) from another
+ financial application and wish to import them into <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</guilabel> — Apre la guida ai concetti e manuale di <application>&app;</application>. Selezionare questa opzione se si è alla prima esperienza con <application>&app;</application> e con i concetti di contabilità .</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Open the new user tutorial:</guilabel>
+ Opens the <application>GnuCash</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this
+ option if you are completely new to <application>GnuCash</application> and
+ accounting concepts.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -613,18 +621,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dall’assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel creating
+ a new set of accounts.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> — permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> brings up the next
+ screen so you can continue through the assistant.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -703,18 +714,20 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dall’assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exits the assistant and cancels creating
+ a new set of accounts.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Applica</guibutton> — crea i conti che sono stati selezionati.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Apply:</guibutton> creates the accounts you have selected.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -739,18 +752,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dal processo e annulla l’importazione di file <acronym>QIF</acronym>.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel importing
+ <acronym>QIF</acronym> files.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> — permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> brings up the next
+ screen so you can continue through the assistant.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -958,18 +974,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> — esce dal processo e annulla l’importazione di file <acronym>QIF</acronym>.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Cancel:</guibutton> exit the process and cancel importing
+ <acronym>QIF</acronym> files.</para>
<warning>
<para>Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Indietro</guibutton> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Back:</guibutton> brings up the previous screen so
+ that you can change a previous selection until the first screen.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> — importa i dati e crea i conti specificati.</para>
+ <para><guibutton>Forward:</guibutton> imports the data and creates the
+ accounts you have specified.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1008,7 +1027,7 @@
</variablelist>
<para>L’opzione <guibutton>Visualizza i suggerimenti all’avvio</guibutton> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> all’avvio di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
-
+
<para>È anche possibile configurare l’opzione di avvio del <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> nella scheda <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel>. Il <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> può anche essere avviato manualmente dal menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Aiuto</guimenu><guimenuitem>Suggerimento del giorno</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -1151,7 +1170,7 @@
<sect2 id="AccTree-menus">
<title>Struttura dei conti - Menu</title>
- <para>La <firstterm>barra del menu</firstterm> per la finestra della struttura dei conti contiene le seguenti opzioni:</para>
+ <para>La <firstterm>barra del menu</firstterm> per la finestra della struttura dei conti contiene le seguenti opzioni:</para>
<sect3 id="AccTree-file-menu">
<title>Struttura dei conti - Menu <guimenu>File</guimenu></title>
@@ -1242,7 +1261,7 @@
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -1916,7 +1935,7 @@
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Ripristina avvisi...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry nameend="c3" namest="c2">
- <para><application>&app;</application> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</guilabel>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <guilabel>Ripristina avvisi</guilabel> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</para>
+ <para><application>&app;</application> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</guilabel>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <guilabel>Ripristina avvisi</guilabel> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -2097,7 +2116,7 @@
<entry align="center" nameend="c3" namest="c2">
<para>Seleziona le operazioni relative al dipendente.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry namest="c2">
<para><guimenuitem>Employees Overview</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -2166,7 +2185,7 @@
<entry namest="c2" nameend="c3">
<para>Visualizza e permette di modificare la lista dei promemoria delle scadenze per le ricevute.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -2945,7 +2964,7 @@
<note>
<para>I metodi di inserimento delle transazioni sono descritti in maggior dettaglio in <xref linkend="trans-sched"/></para>
</note>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="Trans-menus">
@@ -3041,7 +3060,7 @@
<entry namest="c2">
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -3521,6 +3540,22 @@
<para>Ordina per campo delle note</para></entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="c2">
+ <para><guilabel>Reverse Order</guilabel></para></entry>
+
+ <entry namest="c3">
+ <para>Reverse the sort order.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="c2">
+ <para><guilabel>Save Sort Order</guilabel></para></entry>
+
+ <entry namest="c3">
+ <para>Save the sort order between sessions.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Filtra per...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -3623,7 +3658,7 @@
</row>
<row>
<entry><para><guimenuitem>Open Associated File/Location</guimenuitem></para></entry>
- <entry><para>Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a
+ <entry><para>Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a
file or location was associated to the currently selected transaction.</para></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -4201,7 +4236,7 @@
<para><guimenuitem>Import Transactions from CSV...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
<entry namest="c3">
- <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
+ <para>Starts the <acronym>CSV</acronym> Transactions file import process. The file to import must be
a delimited file.</para></entry>
</row>
@@ -4691,7 +4726,7 @@
<para>The items shown in the <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> menu are the same listed in <xref linkend="AccTree-ReportsMenu"/>
with the addition of:
</para>
-
+
<table frame="topbot" id="Report-ReportsMenu">
<title>Report - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu.</title>
@@ -4723,7 +4758,7 @@
</guimenu><guimenuitem>Saved Report Configurations
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
<row>
<entry namest="c1">
<para><guimenuitem>Save Report Configuration As...</guimenuitem></para></entry>
@@ -4731,7 +4766,7 @@
<entry nameend="c3" namest="c2">
<para>Save the current report configuration with a new name.</para></entry>
</row>
-
+
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -6155,7 +6190,7 @@
<title>Creare un nuovo conto</title>
<para>Per creare un nuovo conto selezionare <menuchoice><guimenu>Operazioni</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo conto...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> o fare clic sul pulsante <guibutton>Nuovo</guibutton> della <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> quando è visualizzata la finestra della struttura dei conti. Verrà aperta la finestra per la creazione di un <guilabel>Nuovo conto</guilabel>.</para>
-
+
<para>La finestre di dialogo delle proprietà per un <guilabel>Nuovo conto</guilabel> consta di due schede, quella delle preferenze <guilabel>Generali</guilabel> e quella del <guilabel>Bilancio d’apertura</guilabel>. </para>
<para>Creare un nuovo conto richiede la pianificazione di alcuni dettagli che dovranno essere inseriti nella finestra di dialogo per il <guilabel>nuovo conto</guilabel>.</para>
@@ -6219,7 +6254,7 @@
<para>Se il titolo o il fondo di cui si ha bisogno non compare nell’elenco ma se ne conosce il <guilabel>Tipo</guilabel>, è possibile creare il titolo o il fondo. Per creare una commodity per i fondi comuni e per le azioni, selezionare <guibutton>Nuovo...</guibutton>, nella schermata di <guilabel>Scelta del titolo</guilabel>, per aprire la schermata del <guilabel>Nuovo titolo:</guilabel>. Le opzioni presenti sono descritte in <xref linkend="tool-security-edit"/>. Inserire un <guilabel>Nome</guilabel>, il <guilabel>simbolo</guilabel>, selezionare il <guilabel>Tipo</guilabel> e infine premere il pulsante <guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton> per creare il titolo. Dopo che il titolo è stato creato, selezionare il <guilabel>Tipo:</guilabel> (normalmente la borsa dove il titolo viene scambiato) e il nome nella lista a comparsa <guilabel>Valuta/titolo:</guilabel> e premere <guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton> per chiudere la finestra.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -6233,22 +6268,44 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Note:</guilabel> riquadro per inserire del testo liberamente; è utilizzato per qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al conto.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> This is a free form text box that can be used for any additional notes about
+ the account.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
- <para>Sotto a questi riqaudri, sono presenti delle opzioni: una indica se il conto è <guilabel>Relativo alle tasse</guilabel> (impostabile tramite il menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Opzioni tasse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>), mentre le altre due permettono di marcare il conto come <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel> e <guilabel>Nascosto</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>Below the panes are 3 check-boxes: one to show if the account is <guilabel>Tax
+ Related</guilabel>, one to mark the account as a <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel>, and one to
+ mark an account <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel>.</para>
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Relativo alle tasse</guilabel> permette di marcare il conto per essere incluso nelle esportazioni relative alle tasse. Questo attributo è visualizzato solamente nella schermata di <guilabel>Modifica conto</guilabel> ed è impostato nella finestra delle <guilabel>Informazioni tasse sulle entrate</guilabel> (<menuchoice><guimenu>Modifica</guimenu><guimenuitem>Opzioni resoconto tasse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>). Consultare la sezione sui resoconti delle tasse e sull’esportazione dei file <acronym>TXF</acronym> nel capitolo sui resoconti (<xref linkend="report-general"/>).</para>
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel> indica che il conto rappresenta solamente un segnaposto nella struttura; è utilizzato solamente per permettere l’impostazione di una struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Tax Related</guilabel> check-box means that an account has been
+ flagged to be included in the Tax Schedule Report. This flag is only displayed on the <guilabel>Edit
+ Account</guilabel> dialog and is set in the <guilabel>Income Tax Information</guilabel> dialog
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>).
+ See the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export section in Reports Chapter (<xref linkend="report-general"/>).</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> check-box sets an account to read-only status and
+ prevents the addition of transaction data to the account.</para>
+
<note id="accts-placeholder">
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel> indica che il conto non deve essere utilizato per contenere i dati sulle transazioni. Se il conto è un <guilabel>segnaposto</guilabel>, non potrà contenere delle transazioni: le transazioni potranno essere inserite solamente negli eventuali suoi sottoconti non identificati anch’essi come <guilabel>Segnaposto</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para>Setting an account to <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> will also hide that account in the pop-up
+ account list in a register. Sub-accounts to the placeholder account will still display
+ in the pop-up, however.</para>
</note>
- <para>L’opzione <guilabel>Nascosto</guilabel> permette di nascondere questo conto (e ogni suo sottoconto) nella struttura dei conti e di non visualizzarlo nella lista a comparsa dei conti nella finestra del registro. Per disabilitare questa opzione occorre andare in <menuchoice><guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filtra per...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> nella finestra della struttura dei conti, e abilitare l’opzione <guilabel>Visualizza i conti nascosti</guilabel>. In questo modo sarà possibile selezionare il conto e riaprire questa finestra.</para>
+ <para>The <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel> check box hides an account (and any sub-accounts) in
+ the account tree. To reset this option, you will
+ first need to open the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter By...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ dialog for the account tree and check the <guilabel>Show hidden accounts</guilabel> option.
+ Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.</para>
+
+ <note id="accts-hidden">
+ <para>Hidden accounts still appear in the pop-up account list in a register.
+ To remove an account from this pop-up account list as well, check the
+ <guilabel>Placeholder</guilabel> check box.</para>
+ </note>
- <para>Il riquadro seguente contiene una elenco di <guilabel>Tipi di conto</guilabel>. Selezionarne uno in base alla descrizione fornita in <xref linkend="acct-types"/>.</para>
+ <para>Below these checkboxes is a pane that contains a list of <guilabel>Account Types</guilabel>. Select a type from the
+ descriptions in <xref linkend="acct-types"/>.</para>
<para>Il riquadro successivo contiene un albero dei conti dal quale scegliere il <guilabel>Conto padre</guilabel>. Per creare un nuovo albero dei conti, selezionare <guilabel>Nuovo conto di livello principale</guilabel>. <note>
<para>Le scelte disponibili nel riquadro del <guilabel>Tipo di conto</guilabel> dipendono dalla selezione effettuata nel riquadro del <guilabel>Conto padre</guilabel>. Per esempio se il <guilabel>Conto padre</guilabel> è <guilabel>Capitali</guilabel> verrà mostrato solamente il <guilabel>Tipo di conto</guilabel> <emphasis>Capitale</emphasis>. Questo permette di mantenere una struttura dei conti coerente.</para>
@@ -6260,9 +6317,9 @@
<listitem><para><application>&app;</application> si affida a uno strumento esterno per recuperare le quotazioni via internet. Questo strumento è un modulo di Perl denominato <application>Finance::Quote</application> e deve essere installato sul proprio computer indipendentemente da <application>&app;</application>. Il primo passo per abilitare l’aggiornamento delle quotazioni tramite internet consiste nell’assicurarsi che <application>Finance::Quote</application> sia installato correttamente.</para>
<para>Per sapere se il modulo di Perl <application>Finance::Quote</application> è già installato nel sistema, digitare <quote>perldoc Finance::Quote</quote> in una finestra del terminale e verificare se c’è qualche documentazione disponibile. Se c’è la documentazione allora il modulo è installato, altrimenti no.</para>
-
+
<para>L’installazione di <application>Finance::Quote</application> differisce a seconda del sistema operativo in uso. Per i vari sistemi supportati, è possibile seguire le seguenti linee guida:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Linux:</guilabel> la maggior parte delle distribuzioni (Fedora, openSuse, Mandriva, Ubuntu, ecc... ) forniscono un pacchetto nei propri repository per il modulo di perl <application>Finance::Quote</application>. Quindi nella maggior parte dei casi è sufficiente utilizzare il proprio gestore di pacchetti preferito (yum, apt, rpm, synaptics, yast, ecc...) per installare il modulo. Il nome del pacchetto può variare da distribuzione a distribuzione. In genere ha un nome del tipo <quote>perl-Finance-Quote</quote>.</para></listitem>
@@ -6364,13 +6421,13 @@
the following to your personal crontab:</para>
<para><userinput>0 18 * * 5 /path/to/gnucash --add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1'</userinput></para>
-
+
<para>For Linux, which needs dbus, usually started by the desktop
manager, to communicate with dconf or gconf:</para>
-
+
<para><userinput>0 18 * * 5 env `dbus-launch` sh -c 'trap "kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID" EXIT; /path/to/gnucash
--add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1'</userinput></para>
-
+
<para>Si ricordi che i <quote>prezzi</quote> dei fondi comuni rappresentano dei <quote>valori di capitale netto (NAV)</quote> e richiedono diverse ore dopo la chiusura dei mercati per essere disponibili. Se i NAV vengono scaricati prima del giorno in cui vengono determinati, si riceveranno i valori del giorno precedente.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -6583,14 +6640,14 @@
<para>In <application>&app;</application> la riconciliazioni dei conti con gli estratti conti bancari o di qualsiasi altra istituzione finanziaria, è un modo di controllare l’accuratezza delle proprie transazioni (e di quelle della banca) e il saldo dei propri conti. È anche un’operazione utile per rintracciare gli assegni non riscossi e altre transazioni insolute.</para>
- <para>The reconciling process in <application>GnuCash</application> involves two dialogs: the
- <xref linkend="tool-reconcile"/> dialog followed by the <xref linkend="rec-win"/> window. They provide access
- to various <application>GnuCash</application> functions to make it easy to enter and update
+ <para>The reconciling process in <application>GnuCash</application> involves two dialogs: the
+ <xref linkend="tool-reconcile"/> dialog followed by the <xref linkend="rec-win"/> window. They provide access
+ to various <application>GnuCash</application> functions to make it easy to enter and update
account information during the reconciliation.</para>
<tip>
<para>The Reconcile window is accessed from the account tree window or the account register window by
- going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reconcile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
or using the menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>, <keycap>R</keycap>.</para>
</tip>
@@ -6607,17 +6664,17 @@
<title>Reconciling Information</title>
<para>The <guilabel>Reconcile Information</guilabel> dialog is used to indicate the closing <guilabel>Statement Date</guilabel>
- and the <guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel> (fixed from last reconciliation) and <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel>
+ and the <guilabel>Starting Balance</guilabel> (fixed from last reconciliation) and <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel>
from the statement. The <guilabel>Include Sub-accounts</guilabel> check-box is used if one or more subaccounts are used to track
the account you are reconciling. The <guibutton>Enter Interest Payment</guibutton> button is used to add a transfer to the
- accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
+ accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
<xref linkend="tool-ent-int"/> to the account.</para>
<note>
<para>The <guibutton>Enter Interest Payment</guibutton> button is shown only if you are reconciling an account of
<emphasis>Bank</emphasis> type.</para>
</note>
- <para>When you have entered all relevant data, press <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> to proceed to the
+ <para>When you have entered all relevant data, press <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> to proceed to the
<xref linkend="rec-win"/> dialog or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to discard the reconciliation process.</para>
<sect3 id="tool-ent-int">
@@ -6652,21 +6709,21 @@
<para>The <guilabel>Reconcile Account</guilabel> pane highlights in the tree the account that the
interest payment will be transferred to or from.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Payment From</guilabel> pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source
+ <para>The <guilabel>Payment From</guilabel> pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source
account.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an
- <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then
+ <para>If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an
+ <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then
usually this would be from an <emphasis>Income</emphasis> account.</para>
</note>
<tip>
- <para>The <guibutton>Show Income/Expense</guibutton> check-box shows or hides the
+ <para>The <guibutton>Show Income/Expense</guibutton> check-box shows or hides the
<emphasis>Income</emphasis> and <emphasis>Expense</emphasis> accounts.</para>
</tip>
- <para>Select <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to enter the interest transaction (or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>
+ <para>Select <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to enter the interest transaction (or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>
the payment) and return to the initial reconciliation screen.</para>
</sect3>
@@ -6680,23 +6737,23 @@
<xref linkend="rcn-menu"/>.</para>
</note>
- <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement
+ <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement
to <application>GnuCash</application> data takes place on a per transaction basis.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is composed by a <emphasis>toolbar</emphasis> and three
+ <para>The <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> dialog is composed by a <emphasis>toolbar</emphasis> and three
panes; <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> on the left, <guilabel>Funds out</guilabel> on the right and a balance pane.</para>
-
+
<note>
- <para>If you enabled the option <guilabel>Use formal accounting labels</guilabel> in the
- <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> section of the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
- you will see <guilabel>Debits</guilabel> and <guilabel>Credits</guilabel> panes instead of
+ <para>If you enabled the option <guilabel>Use formal accounting labels</guilabel> in the
+ <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> section of the <application>GnuCash</application> preferences,
+ you will see <guilabel>Debits</guilabel> and <guilabel>Credits</guilabel> panes instead of
<guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> panes.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
- <para>The <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> pane shows all unreconciled
+ <para>The <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> pane shows all unreconciled
deposits to the account. Both panes are composed by five columns.</para>
<tip>
- <para>To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header.
+ <para>To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header.
To reverse the selected order click a second time on the column header.</para>
</tip>
@@ -6743,7 +6800,7 @@
on the relevant <guilabel>R</guilabel> column.</para>
<note>
- <para>Under each pane a <guilabel>Total</guilabel> for
+ <para>Under each pane a <guilabel>Total</guilabel> for
reconciled transactions is shown.</para>
</note>
@@ -6773,7 +6830,7 @@
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel></term>
+ <term><guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>The balance of selected transactions.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -6782,7 +6839,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Difference</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>The difference between the <guilabel>Reconciled</guilabel> and
+ <para>The difference between the <guilabel>Reconciled</guilabel> and
<guilabel>Ending</guilabel> balances.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -6790,7 +6847,7 @@
<para>The set of unreconciled transactions in the <guilabel>Funds In</guilabel> and <guilabel>Funds Out</guilabel> panes can
be changed by using the menus and <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> to access the account and transaction
- information. You can create a <guibutton>New</guibutton> transaction, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> a selected transaction,
+ information. You can create a <guibutton>New</guibutton> transaction, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> a selected transaction,
add a <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> transaction (of the same amount as listed under <guilabel>Difference</guilabel> in the balance pane),
and delete the selected transaction.</para>
@@ -6799,9 +6856,9 @@
</tip>
<para>By pressing the <guilabel>Open</guilabel> icon the register of the account to reconcile will be opened.</para>
-
+
<para>If you wish to postpone the reconciliation until later use the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postpone</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postpone</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item (menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>) or pressing the
<guibutton>Postpone</guibutton> icon. If you wish to cancel the reconciliation use the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cancel</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item or press the
@@ -6814,7 +6871,7 @@
selected transaction until the <guilabel>Ending Balance</guilabel> <emphasis>equals</emphasis>
the <guilabel>Reconciled Balance</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Difference</guilabel> is <emphasis>zero</emphasis>.
Once this is done select the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button or
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu><guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(menu shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>) to finish the reconcile process.</para>
</sect2>
@@ -6866,7 +6923,7 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Importing transactions either from a <acronym>QIF</acronym>/<acronym>OFX</acronym> file or via
+ <para>Importing transactions either from a <acronym>QIF</acronym>/<acronym>OFX</acronym> file or via
"<acronym>OFX</acronym> on-line banking".</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7029,15 +7086,15 @@ Translators:
in the <guilabel>date</guilabel> field by default when the register window is opened.</para>
<note>
- <para>When working on transactions in <application>GnuCash</application>, be aware that the
+ <para>When working on transactions in <application>GnuCash</application>, be aware that the
<keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key and the <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key behave
differently, and perform different actions.</para>
<para>The <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key moves to the first field of the next split,
regardless of which field you are in. If there is no next split, proceeds to the next transaction.
- In any case, <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> finishes the transaction edit, and any
+ In any case, <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> finishes the transaction edit, and any
imbalance is posted to <emphasis>Imbalance-CUR</emphasis>, where <emphasis>CUR</emphasis> is the
currency of the transaction.</para>
- <para>The <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key moves to the next field in the current split.
+ <para>The <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key moves to the next field in the current split.
If it's the last field, moves to the next split, creating a new one if there isn't one. If the
split is blank, the <keycap function="tab">Tab</keycap> key finishes the transaction and posts any
imbalance to <emphasis>Imbalance-CUR</emphasis>, as above.</para>
@@ -7067,7 +7124,10 @@ Translators:
<para> Accounts may be selected either by typing them in or
by pressing the small button on the right of the
<guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field, which will display a
- pick list of all non-placeholder accounts.
+ pick list of all non-placeholder accounts. Note that this pick list
+ will still display hidden accounts. If you have hidden an account in
+ your chart of accounts, you may want to set the account also to be
+ a placeholder account so that it doesn't display here.
</para>
<para> When typing, <application>GnuCash</application> will
fill in available accounts as you type. For example, if you
@@ -7089,8 +7149,8 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>Press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key to move to the first of the amount fields. The names of the next two columns are different
according to what type of account is opened. For example, <emphasis>Bank</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Deposit</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Withdrawal</guilabel> here, <emphasis>Credit Card</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Payment</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Charge</guilabel>, and <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Shares</guilabel>, <guilabel>Price</guilabel>,
+ <guilabel>Withdrawal</guilabel> here, <emphasis>Credit Card</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Payment</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>Charge</guilabel>, and <emphasis>Stock</emphasis> accounts show <guilabel>Shares</guilabel>, <guilabel>Price</guilabel>,
<guilabel>Buy</guilabel> and <guilabel>Sell</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7294,7 +7354,7 @@ Translators:
<sect1 id="trans-stts">
<title>Setting the reconcile status (<guilabel>R</guilabel> field) of a transaction</title>
- <para>In the <application>GnuCash</application> register there is a column named <guilabel>R</guilabel>. This field
+ <para>In the <application>GnuCash</application> register there is a column named <guilabel>R</guilabel>. This field
indicates the status of a transaction. Possible values are:</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -7315,7 +7375,7 @@ Translators:
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>y</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
- <para>Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see <xref linkend="acct-reconcile"/>).
+ <para>Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see <xref linkend="acct-reconcile"/>).
Places limits optionally requiring confirmation on editing fields in that line of a transaction.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -7331,7 +7391,7 @@ Translators:
<term><guilabel>v</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Voided. Status is assigned or released manually through the transaction menu (<xref linkend="Trans-transaction-menu"/>)
- to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them.
+ to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them.
When a transaction is voided a reason entry is required that appears to the right of the description.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -7539,7 +7599,7 @@ Translators:
(Do not remove this comment block.)
Version: 2.0.0
Last modified: July 9th 2006
- Maintainers:
+ Maintainers:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Author:
Jon Lapham <lapham at extracta.com.br>
@@ -7569,14 +7629,14 @@ Translators:
represented on the balance sheet as an asset, because the expectation is
that you will receive payment soon.</para>
- <para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your
+ <para>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your
company for which payment has not yet been sent. This is represented on the balance sheet
as a liability because you will have to pay for them.</para>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-setup1">
<title>Initial Setup</title>
- <para>To set up <application>GnuCash</application> to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable
+ <para>To set up <application>GnuCash</application> to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable
for a company the following preliminary steps must be done.
</para>
@@ -7591,7 +7651,7 @@ Translators:
proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select <emphasis>Business
Accounts</emphasis>.</para>
- <note>
+ <note>
<para>The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs
exactly. You will need to make adjustments for the hierarchy to function
well with your particular situation. It should be close enough that it
@@ -7599,10 +7659,10 @@ Translators:
</note>
<!--
- <para>To use <application>&app;</application>’s integrated accounts
+ <para>To use <application>&app;</application>’s integrated accounts
payable system, you must first setup an account of the <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis>
- type. The <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis> account is usually a sub-account
- under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system
+ type. The <emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis> account is usually a sub-account
+ under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system
places transactions.</para>
<literallayout>
@@ -7616,9 +7676,9 @@ Translators:
-AP Expenses
</literallayout>
- <para>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make
+ <para>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make
this hierarchy useful. The important aspects of this hierarchy are that you need
- an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to
+ an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to
<emphasis>A/Payable</emphasis>.</para>
-->
@@ -7629,10 +7689,10 @@ Translators:
<para>Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills).
</para>
-
+
<para> A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line.</para>
- <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
+ <para> The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill
line tax table can be assigned to each vendor.
</para>
@@ -7644,11 +7704,11 @@ Translators:
</menuchoice> tab.
</para>
- <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
+ <para>Tax Tables are maintained using the <emphasis>Sales Tax Table</emphasis> editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sales Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The following fields should be entered:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> This is the tax table name.</para>
@@ -7676,20 +7736,20 @@ Translators:
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-setupcname">
<title>Company Registration</title>
<para>After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the <application>GnuCash</application>
- file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in
- the <xref linkend="business-book-options"/> accessible from the
+ file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in
+ the <xref linkend="business-book-options"/> accessible from the
<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item.
</para>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-setup-cntrs">
<title>Counters</title>
-
+
<para>Define the format and last used numbers of codes such as customer,
invoice, vendor, bill, employee, expense voucher, job number and
order.
@@ -7703,7 +7763,7 @@ Translators:
accessed via <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
See <xref linkend="prefs-biz"/>.
- </para>
+ </para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-setupterms">
@@ -7715,7 +7775,7 @@ Translators:
<note>
<para>As of <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.7, Billing terms are only partially supported. Date due is calculated but discount amount is not.</para>
<para>
- Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
+ Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and
professional advise should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -7723,10 +7783,10 @@ Translators:
and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
- sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
+ <para>Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative
+ sales income (discount) account for the transfer account.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -7738,12 +7798,12 @@ Translators:
Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms.
Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms.
</para>
-
- <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
+
+ <para>Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
The following fields should be entered:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Name</guilabel> The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see
@@ -7793,9 +7853,9 @@ Translators:
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-components1">
@@ -7826,7 +7886,7 @@ Translators:
-Tax
-Tax on Purchases
-Tax on Sales
-
+
</literallayout>
<note>
@@ -7899,7 +7959,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Identification - Customer Number</guilabel> - can be
any number by which you would like to refer to this customer. You
- may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
+ may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8067,7 +8127,7 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Invoice Information - Invoice ID</guilabel> - the
identification number of this invoice. This is your internal number
for this invoice. If you leave it blank, an invoice number will be
- generated automatically. See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/>
+ generated automatically. See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/>
for more info</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8080,23 +8140,23 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Billing Information - Customer</guilabel> - the
customer who is to receive this invoice. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing Information - Job</guilabel> (optional) -
- associates the new invoice with a customer job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ar-jobs1"/>).
+ associates the new invoice with a customer job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ar-jobs1"/>).
If you remember the <emphasis>job name</emphasis>
- you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Job</guilabel> window. This window is the same to the one described in
- <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the job
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Job</guilabel> window. This window is the same to the one described in
+ <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the job
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8242,7 +8302,7 @@ Translators:
<listitem>
<para>If Tax included is set (<guilabel>X</guilabel>), then
- subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is:
+ subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is:
Subtotal = Total / (1+taxrate) and Tax = Total - Subtotal
= Total - (Total / (1+taxrate)).
</para>
@@ -8282,7 +8342,7 @@ Translators:
are ready to print it. Posting an invoice places the transactions in an
accounts receivable account.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Post Invoice</guilabel> window appears and asks you
+ <para>The <guilabel>Post Invoice</guilabel> window appears and asks you
to enter the following information:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8442,7 +8502,7 @@ Translators:
<para>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
Use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, access
the <guilabel>Counters</guilabel> tab, change the <guilabel>Invoice number</guilabel> value to be
- one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
+ one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button or the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -8476,10 +8536,10 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Owner Info - Customer</guilabel> - the customer for
whom the job is created. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8529,7 +8589,7 @@ Translators:
assign a payment to an invoice during the import process, so this must
be done after transactions have been imported.
</para>
-
+
<para>This can best be done starting from the asset account register
holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In
that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS
@@ -8538,13 +8598,13 @@ Translators:
transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper customer
and invoice to complete the payment.
</para>
-
+
<para>One caveat: the logic behind <guilabel>Assign as payment...
</guilabel> won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will
wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a vendor bill.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>The Process Payment application consists of:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -8552,20 +8612,20 @@ Translators:
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Customer</guilabel> - the
customer who paid you. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Customer</guilabel> window for this customer,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Customer</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2"/>. Highlight the customer
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Invoice</guilabel> - the invoice
for which payment was received. If you remember the <emphasis>invoice ID</emphasis>,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Invoice</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-invoicefind2"/>. Highlight the invoice
- you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
+ Invoice</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ar-invoicefind2"/>. Highlight the invoice
+ you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the
<guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8599,49 +8659,49 @@ Translators:
money will be deposited (a checking account for example).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-overpay2">
<title>Over Payments or Pre-Payments</title>
-
+
<para>If a customer overpays an invoice or pays for goods or services before
they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount received.
<application>GnuCash</application> will then keep track of the over-payment
(or pre-payment) in the A/R account and you can use the residual when
paying the next invoice.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-partpay2">
<title>Partial Payments</title>
-
+
<para>Partial payments are possible too. Select the invoice to pay.
<application>GnuCash</application> will automatically suggest that invoice's
remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you
want to pay.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ar-baddebt">
<title>Writing Off a Bad Debt</title>
<note><para>Please check with your accountant to ensure the following is
acceptable in your region.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>The usual way to do this is to process a payment for the invoice to a
<emphasis>BadDebt</emphasis> account. Such an account would be an expense
account. However, in <application>GnuCash</application>, you can't process a
payment for an invoice directly to an expense account, so it takes two
steps:
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Pay the invoice to an asset or liability account, such as
your checking account.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Change the asset or liability account, in the <emphasis>
non</emphasis> Accounts Receivable split of the payment transaction, to
the BadDebt expense account.</para>
@@ -8650,46 +8710,46 @@ Translators:
</itemizedlist>
<para>Specifically</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Remove all transactions from the A/R account related to
the invoice, except for the invoice's transaction itself. This includes
any payment transactions, and transactions between your BadDebt and A/R
account.</para>
-
+
<para>In case the payment has associated lot link transactions
<link linkend="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot">(1)</link>, remove those as well.
</para>
-
+
<para>If all is well, your <guilabel>Process Payment</guilabel> window
for this customer should list the invoice the customer won't pay, and
no prepayments.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Pay your invoice to an arbitrary asset or liability
account. It can be your checking account. We will fix that in the next
step.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Open the account register for your A/R account. For this
invoice there should now be one payment transaction. If you are using
<application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.0 - 2.6.4 there will also be one
lot link transaction <link linkend="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot">(1)</link>.
</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para> Select the payment transaction and change the transfer
account to your <emphasis>BadDebt</emphasis> account. Make sure to leave
the transaction (eg by clicking on another transaction) to save the
changes.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If all is well, your <guilabel>Process Payment</guilabel> window
should still be clean: no pre-payments, and the bad debt invoice gone.
</para>
-
+
<note id="busnss-ar-baddeb-lot"><para>(1): <application>GnuCash</application>
versions 2.6.0 to 2.6.4 created lot link transactions which show in the
A/R account register. This came with its own set of subtle issues. It is
@@ -8699,15 +8759,15 @@ Translators:
Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check & Repair</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> on your A/R and A/P accounts to clean up most of the lot
link legacy. Don't forget to make a backup first just in case.</para>
-
+
<para>Lots are used internally for relating payments to invoices. Lots
- themselves are invisible in the account registers.
- To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in
+ themselves are invisible in the account registers.
+ To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>View lots
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> while in any A/R or A/P account register.
- Select a lot to see the <emphasis>Splits in lot</emphasis>.
+ Select a lot to see the <emphasis>Splits in lot</emphasis>.
</para>
-
+
<para><emphasis>Lot links</emphasis> are <emphasis>transactions</emphasis>
which you can see in your A/R and A/P accounts. They are unusual in the
sense that all their splits are in one account (A/R or A/P). Each split
@@ -8716,12 +8776,12 @@ Translators:
</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>See <ulink url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Business_Features_Issues"/> for more information.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="busnss-ar-invoicechange">
@@ -8741,7 +8801,7 @@ Translators:
<guimenuitem>Style Sheets</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select the <guibutton>New</guibutton>
button in the <guilabel>Select HTML Style Sheet</guilabel> window that will appear.</para>
- <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
+ <para>Give a <guilabel>Name</guilabel> to the new style sheet (e.g. <guilabel>Custom Invoice</guilabel>) and select the
<guilabel>Fancy</guilabel> <guilabel>Template</guilabel>. When you click the
<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, the <guilabel>HTML Style Sheet Properties</guilabel> window is
displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>, <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel>,
@@ -8775,7 +8835,7 @@ Translators:
</sect1>
-<!-- start of A/P
+<!-- start of A/P
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
-->
@@ -8798,12 +8858,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
sub-menu.
</para>
-
+
<para>These A/P components are:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy
+ <para><guilabel>Vendors</guilabel> are people or companies from which you buy
products or services on credit.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8813,12 +8873,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs.
+ <para><guilabel>Jobs</guilabel> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs.
Jobs are mechanism by which you can group multiple bills from a particular vendor.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a
+ <para><guilabel>Process Payments</guilabel> is where you register payments to a
vendor to whom you owe money.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -8828,34 +8888,34 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-vendors1">
<title>Vendors</title>
- <para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services.
+ <para>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services.
Vendors must be registered within the A/P system.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-vendornew2">
<title>Nuovo</title>
<para>To register a new vendor, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor,
+ <guimenuitem>New Vendor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor,
such as Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other options: </para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Vendor Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Vendor Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> - differentiates active vendors from inactive
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> - differentiates active vendors from inactive
ones. This is useful when you have many past vendors, and you want to see only those marked active.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Address - Name</guilabel> - is the contact name of the person to
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Address - Name</guilabel> - is the contact name of the person to
receive payments you make.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> - records any additional comments about the vendor.
+ <para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> - records any additional comments about the vendor.
Use it to track names of contact people within the vendor’s company, for example.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -8870,14 +8930,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> - specifies the default payment terms
- for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> - specifies the default payment terms
+ for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Included</guilabel> - specifies if tax is included
- in bills from this vendor. You can choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel>, <guilabel>No</guilabel>,
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Included</guilabel> - specifies if tax is included
+ in bills from this vendor. You can choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel>, <guilabel>No</guilabel>,
or <guilabel>Use Global</guilabel>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -8894,16 +8954,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
made in the global preferences accessible through
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>Gnucash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ (<menuchoice><guimenu>Gnucash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
on Mac OS X).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Table</guilabel> - specifies a default tax
- table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Tax Table</guilabel> - specifies a default tax
+ table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the
+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tax Table</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
menu item.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -8932,7 +8992,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
regardless of new search criteria.</para>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -8944,7 +9004,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-bills1">
<title>Ricevute</title>
<para>A bill is a request for payment you receive from a vendor. <application>GnuCash</application> can track bills.</para>
-
+
<para>A credit note is the document you receive from a vendor to correct
products or services rendered that you were incorrectly charged for on a bill. <application>GnuCash</application> can generate and track
credit notes via the same menu entries as bills.</para>
@@ -8974,19 +9034,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing Info - Vendor</guilabel> - the issuing vendor. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Vendor</guilabel> window for this vendor,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
+ Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing Info - Job</guilabel> (optional) - associates a vendor job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ap-jobs1"/>) with this bill.
+ <para><guilabel>Billing Info - Job</guilabel> (optional) - associates a vendor job (see <xref linkend="busnss-ap-jobs1"/>) with this bill.
If you remember the <emphasis>job name</emphasis>
- you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ you entered in the <guilabel>New Job</guilabel> window for this job,
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Job</guilabel> window. This window is very similar to the one described in
- <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the job you are looking for with a click
+ Job</guilabel> window. This window is very similar to the one described in
+ <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the job you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -9006,11 +9066,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>When you click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> the <guilabel>Edit Bill</guilabel> opens.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-billedit2">
- <title>Modifica</title>
+ <title>Modifica</title>
<para>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of
goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account
register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and
- services the vendor refunded instead.</para>
+ services the vendor refunded instead.</para>
<para>There are 12 columns in the Invoice Entries area:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -9064,7 +9124,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Due Date</guilabel> - is the date on which payment for the bill is expected.</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>If you specified payment terms when you created the bill,
@@ -9186,13 +9246,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="busnss-ap-payment1">
<title>Process Payment</title>
<para>Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Vendor</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Process Payment</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
+
<tip>
<para>There is an alternative way of assigning a payment to (one or more)
bills where the payment transaction already exists, say in the case
where transactions are imported from a bank.
</para>
-
+
<para>This can best be done starting from the asset account register
holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In
that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS
@@ -9201,28 +9261,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper vendor
and bill to complete the payment.
</para>
-
+
<para>One caveat: the logic behind <guilabel>Assign as payment...
</guilabel> won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will
wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a customer invoice.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>The Process Payment application consists of:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Vendor</guilabel> - the vendor you wish to pay. If you remember the <emphasis>company name</emphasis>
you entered in the <guilabel>New Vendor</guilabel> window for this vendor,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
+ Vendor</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-vendorfind2"/>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Information - Bill</guilabel> - the bill you wish to pay. If you remember the <emphasis>bill ID</emphasis>,
- start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
+ start to type it in this field and <application>GnuCash</application> will try auto complete
it for you. Else, press the <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button to access the <guilabel>Find
- Bill</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-billfind2"/>. Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click
+ Bill</guilabel> window described in <xref linkend="busnss-ap-billfind2"/>. Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click
in the search results, then press the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button in the search window.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -9245,10 +9305,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
comes from, such as a checking account.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-overpay2">
<title>Over Payments or Pre-Payments</title>
-
+
<para>If you wish to overpay an invoice or pay for goods or services before
they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount payed.
<application>GnuCash</application> will then keep track of the over-payment
@@ -9259,29 +9319,29 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="busnss-ap-partpay2">
<title>Partial Payments</title>
-
+
<para>You may wish to partially pay a bill. Select the bill to pay.
<application>GnuCash</application> will automatically suggest that bill's
remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you
want to pay.
- </para>
+ </para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="busnss-emply">
<title>Employees</title>
- <para><application>GnuCash</application> can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a
+ <para><application>GnuCash</application> can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a
<xref linkend="busnss-emplynew"/>, <xref linkend="busnss-emplyedit"/> existing employees, create
<xref linkend="busnss-emply-newvchr"/> and <xref linkend="busnss-emply-editvchr"/>.</para>
-
- <para>Expense voucher are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travels, parking, food etc...).
+
+ <para>Expense voucher are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travels, parking, food etc...).
Employees credit notes are the opposite of expense vouchers.</para>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-emplynew">
<title>New Employee</title>
<para>To register a new employee, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Employee</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Employee</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Employee</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>New Employee</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Employee</guilabel>
window will open with two tabs:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><xref linkend="mply-tab1"/></para></listitem>
@@ -9291,18 +9351,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist id="mply-tab1">
<title>Employee tab</title>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Employee Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Employee Number</guilabel> - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Identification - Username</guilabel> (Mandatory) - a unique username to identify the employee.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive
- ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked
+ <para><guilabel>Identification - Active</guilabel> (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive
+ ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked
<guilabel>Active</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -9313,21 +9373,21 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Address - Address</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the address of the employee.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Payment Address - Phone, Fax, Email</guilabel> (Optional)- others optionals contact information for the employee.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Interface - Language</guilabel> (Optional) - </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms
- for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using
+ <para><guilabel>Payment Information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms
+ for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guimenuitem>Billing Terms</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Billing - Default Hours per Day</guilabel> (Optional) - </para>
</listitem>
@@ -9352,14 +9412,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<itemizedlist id="mply-tab2">
<title>Access Control tab</title>
<listitem>
<para>Access Control List</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="busnss-emplyedit">
@@ -9375,8 +9435,8 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
results. The current result set is searched when the <guilabel>Refine
Current Search</guilabel> radio button is selected. In fact, <application>GnuCash</application>
selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</para>
-
- <note>
+
+ <note>
<para>If the employee you are searching for does not match the supplied
search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <guilabel>New
Search</guilabel> radio button and then the <guibutton>Find</guibutton>
@@ -9387,7 +9447,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -9397,72 +9457,72 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="busnss-emply-newvchr">
<title>New Expense Voucher/Credit Note</title>
<para>To register a new expense voucher/ Credit Note, select the <menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Employee</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>New Expense Voucher...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Expense Voucher</guilabel>
+ <guimenuitem>New Expense Voucher...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. The <guilabel>New Expense Voucher</guilabel>
window will open. You can enter the following data:</para>
<itemizedlist>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Type</guilabel> (Optional) - select if you are entering
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Type</guilabel> (Optional) - select if you are entering
a Voucher or a credit note.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Voucher ID</guilabel> (Optional) - can be any number by which you would
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Voucher ID</guilabel> (Optional) - can be any number by which you would
like to refer to this voucher. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.
See <xref linkend="counters-book-options"/> for more info.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Date opened</guilabel> - the date of the voucher. Click on
+ <para><guilabel>Voucher information - Date opened</guilabel> - the date of the voucher. Click on
the button on the right of the date to open a calendar.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Employee</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the employee to which
- voucher refers.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Employee</guilabel> (Mandatory) - the employee to which
+ voucher refers.</para>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>GnuCash</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-emplyedit">Find Employee</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-emplyedit">Find Employee</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Billing ID</guilabel> (Optional) - the identification number
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Billing ID</guilabel> (Optional) - the identification number
of the document (f.e. the bill number for a dinner).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Billing information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement
+ <para><guilabel>Billing information - Terms</guilabel> (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement
for this bill. A list of registered terms is available within the pop up menu.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Customer</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer
+ <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Customer</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer
to wich voucher refers.</para>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>GnuCash</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Job</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer Job
+ <para><guilabel>Default chargeback project - Job</guilabel> (Optional) - the Customer Job
to wich voucher refers.</para>
<note>
- <para> you can type in this field only if there is one or more job registered in
+ <para> you can type in this field only if there is one or more job registered in
<application>GnuCash</application> belonging to the selected Customer.</para>
</note>
<tip>
<para>The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing <application>GnuCash</application>
- will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
- <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
+ will try to complete the text automatically using existing Customer name. You can also press the button
+ <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> to open the <link linkend="busnss-ar-custfind2">Find Customer</link>
window.</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
@@ -9474,7 +9534,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="busnss-emply-editvchr">
<title>Find and Edit Expense Voucher/Credit Note</title>
@@ -9490,8 +9550,8 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
results. The current result set is searched when the <guilabel>Refine
Current Search</guilabel> radio button is selected. In fact, <application>GnuCash</application>
selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</para>
-
- <note>
+
+ <note>
<para>If the expense voucher you are searching for does not match the supplied
search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <guilabel>New
Search</guilabel> radio button and then the <guibutton>Find</guibutton>
@@ -9502,7 +9562,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
<tip>
- <para>To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to
+ <para>To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to
<guilabel>matches regex</guilabel>, and place a single dot <quote>.</quote> in the text field area.
Make sure <guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel> is checked, then click <guibutton>Find</guibutton>.
The regular expression <quote>.</quote> means to match anything.</para>
@@ -9535,13 +9595,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para><application>&app;</application> fornisce diversi strumenti specializzati che permettono l’accesso a funzionalità avanzate. Questi strumenti sono selezionabili dal menu <guimenu>Strumenti</guimenu>. Alcuni di essi potrebbero non essere visualizzati se non sono stati configurati alcuni dei supporti quali l’Online Banking, o gli strumenti appropriati per la finestra corrente.</para>
<sect1 id="tool-find"><title>Find</title>
- <para>The <application>GnuCash</application> <emphasis>Find</emphasis> assistant can be used to <link linkend="tool-find-txn">find
+ <para>The <application>GnuCash</application> <emphasis>Find</emphasis> assistant can be used to <link linkend="tool-find-txn">find
transactions</link> or to perform <link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">business related</link> research on your data file.</para>
<sect2 id="tool-find-txn">
<title>Find Transaction</title>
<para><guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> is used to search for transactions in <application>GnuCash</application>
- and display the results in a register window. To open the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog in
+ and display the results in a register window. To open the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog in
<guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> mode, you can type the keyboard shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>f</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
<para>Exactly which transactions are searched depends on
@@ -9559,7 +9619,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>The first row of the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog
indicates that you are performing a <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel>.</para>
</note>
-
+
<para>There are two panes in the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> dialog. The top pane contains
the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> buttons and the bottom pane contains the <guilabel>Type of
Search</guilabel> selection.</para>
@@ -9573,12 +9633,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
to have at least one match. The <guilabel>any criteria are met</guilabel> search requires
only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</para>
- <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
+ <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
criteria buttons (see table <xref linkend="tool-find-bttns"/> for a comprehensive list of combinations)</para>
<para>In the <guilabel>Type of Search</guilabel> pane there are five selections. The first option is always enabled, the following
- three are available when you invoke the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> option from a register window or after performing the
- first <guibutton>Find</guibutton> if the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> command was invoked from any other window.
+ three are available when you invoke the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> option from a register window or after performing the
+ first <guibutton>Find</guibutton> if the <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem> command was invoked from any other window.
Last option is available only for <link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">Business search</link>.</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -9588,33 +9648,33 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Perform a new transaction search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Refine current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search within the results of the previous search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Add results to current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Delete results from current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Discard any results that match the previous search results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search only if data are marked as active. This selector
- is greyed out for the <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> as it is meaningful only for
+ is greyed out for the <guilabel>Split Search</guilabel> as it is meaningful only for
<link linkend="tool-find-bsnss">business related search</link></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -10005,11 +10065,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</row>
<row>
- <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Reconcile<footnote><para>The
+ <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Reconcile<footnote><para>The
<guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> option applies the selected criteria to each line
of a transaction individually. Each transaction line may have only one of the indicated values,
- but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may
- not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed
+ but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may
+ not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed
description of transaction statuses see <xref linkend="trans-stts"/>
</para></footnote></para></entry>
@@ -10059,7 +10119,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</row>
<row>
- <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Account<footnote><para>The
+ <entry morerows="1" valign="middle"><para>Account<footnote><para>The
<guilabel>Account</guilabel> option performs a search where the accounts selected
in the <guilabel>Choose Accounts</guilabel> dialog will both be searched individually for
results. This means that a match in any of the selected accounts will
@@ -10088,7 +10148,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</row>
<row>
- <entry><para>All Accounts<footnote><para>The <guilabel>All Accounts</guilabel>
+ <entry><para>All Accounts<footnote><para>The <guilabel>All Accounts</guilabel>
option performs a search where accounts selected in the <guilabel>Choose Accounts</guilabel>
dialog will only return results that match in both accounts.</para></footnote></para></entry>
@@ -10148,11 +10208,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="tool-find-bsnss">
<title>Find Customer, Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher</title>
<para>The business find assistant is used to search for business related items (Customer,
- Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog
- select the desired item to <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> from the
+ Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog
+ select the desired item to <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> from the
<menuchoice><guimenu>Business</guimenu><guisubmenu>Customer/Vendor/Employee </guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenus.</para>
- <tip>
+ <tip>
<para>The titlebar and the first row of the assistant dialog reports the item type you are searching for: <guilabel>Customer,
Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher</guilabel>.</para>
</tip>
@@ -10178,7 +10238,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
to have at least one match. The <guilabel>any criteria are met</guilabel> search requires
only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</para>
- <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
+ <para>The criteria row in the <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> pane is used to combine different
criteria buttons (see tables <xref linkend="tool-find-cstmr"/>,
<xref linkend="tool-find-nvc"/>, <xref linkend="tool-find-jb"/>, <xref linkend="tool-find-vndr"/>,
<xref linkend="tool-find-bll"/>, <xref linkend="tool-find-mply"/> <xref linkend="tool-find-vx"/>
@@ -10198,28 +10258,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Perform a new search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Refine current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search within the results of the previous search</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Add results to current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Delete results from current search</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
<para>Discard any results that match the previous search results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Search only active data</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -10232,15 +10292,15 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect3>
<title>The rest of the search dialog</title>
<para>When search criteria are selected, you can press the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button. You will be
- presented with the list of search results in the same <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+ presented with the list of search results in the same <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Aside the results, <application>GnuCash</application> gives you some buttons to manage
+ <para>Aside the results, <application>GnuCash</application> gives you some buttons to manage
the highlighted result.</para>
</tip>
<tip>
- <para>In the bottom right of the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog there is a button that allows to create a
+ <para>In the bottom right of the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog there is a button that allows to create a
<guibutton>New</guibutton> business item.</para>
</tip>
@@ -10248,7 +10308,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Press the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to close the <guilabel>Find</guilabel> assistant dialog.</para>
</note>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>List of search criteria buttons</title>
<table frame="topbot" id="tool-find-cstmr">
@@ -11732,7 +11792,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Il nome assegnato nell’<guilabel>Editor transazioni pianificate</guilabel> che identifica la transazione pianificata.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Stato</guilabel></term>
<listitem>
@@ -11763,7 +11823,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
transaction after it's created.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Promemoria</guilabel></term>
@@ -11785,11 +11845,11 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Un campo vuoto significa che non è prevista alcuna operazione per la transazione pianificata.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
+ </variablelist>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<para>Nella parte inferiore della finestra sono presenti due pulsanti:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -11800,7 +11860,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Il pulsante<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> chiude la finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio</guilabel> e applica le operazioni in sospeso.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>Nella parte inferiore destra della finestra <guilabel>Dall’ultimo avvio...</guilabel> è possibile abilitare l’opzione <guilabel>Controlla le transazioni create</guilabel>. Abilitandola, quando sono presenti una o più transazioni <guilabel>Da creare</guilabel>, premendo il tasto <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> verrà aperta una finestra del registro in cui sono visualizzati dettagli della transazione inserita automaticamente da <application>&app;</application></para>
</sect1>
@@ -11809,9 +11869,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<title>Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</title>
<para>Questa procedura guidata crea una transazione pianificata per il rimborso di un prestito. Quando è utilizzato per creare una transazione pianificata, l’assistente crea una formula variabile in modo che l’interesse composto venga correttamente calcolato. Per avviare l’assistente occorre selezionare <menuchoice><guilabel>Operazioni</guilabel><guisubmenu>Transazioni pianificate</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu principale.’</para>
+ <para>It does not support zero-interest loans, but one doesn't really need an assistant for that: Just create a scheduled transaction for the principal divided by the number of payments that lasts for the number of payments. For example, if one has borrowed $1200 for a year at no interest and promised to pay it back in monthly installments, the repayment schedule is $100 monthly for twelve months.</para>
<para>L’assistente per il rimborso di mutui e ipoteche presenta all’avvio una schermata che descrive brevemente la sua funzione. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra rimarranno invariati in tutte le finestre dell’assistente.</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Il pulsante <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> permette di uscire dall’assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata. Qualunque scelta fatta all’interno dell’assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</para>
@@ -11838,7 +11899,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tasso d’interesse:</guilabel> inserire il tasso di interesse applicato al prestito.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Interest Rate:</guilabel> Enter the loan interest rate in percent per compounding period. The Assistant supports rates between .001% and 100%.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -12517,6 +12578,542 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
accounts.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="tool-lots">
+ <title>Lots in Account</title>
+ <para>
+ <application>GnuCash</application> uses <emphasis>lots</emphasis> in 2 ways:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>To link security buy transactions to sell transactions so
+ the real cost of the sold securities can be used to calculate capital
+ gain or loss. See <xref linkend="tool-lots-cap"/>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>To link payments or credit notes to the invoices to which
+ they apply in the Business Features. See
+ <xref linkend="tool-lots-bus"/>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect2 id="tool-lots-cap">
+ <title>Lots for Security Capital Gains</title>
+ <para>
+ The <guilabel>Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window, where SSSS is
+ the security account, is used to manually or automatically link
+ security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss
+ transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying
+ a security and the value received by selling it.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window, open the
+ security account register, then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Lots in Account window for Security Capital Gains
+ </title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcctStk">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsStk.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window for a security account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <emphasis>Lots in Account
+ </emphasis> window for a security account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-lots-cap-scr">
+ <title>Screen Elements</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Adjusting the Size of Screen Elements</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>As well as adjusting the size of the whole window, it is
+ possible to adjust the proportions of the window elements both
+ horizontally and vertically.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are 2 bars for adjusting the window horizontally. One
+ between the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Lots in
+ This Account</guilabel> panel, and the other between the <guilabel>
+ Splits free</guilabel> panel and the <guilabel>>></guilabel>
+ and <guilabel><<</guilabel> buttons.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The window proportions may be adjusted vertically by
+ dragging the vertical bar located to the right of <guilabel>Show
+ only open lots</guilabel>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>These resizing bars can be hard to see, so move the mouse pointer
+ until it changes to the resize pointer then click and drag the bar.
+ The resize pointers are different depending on your operating system
+ and theme. Here are some examples of resize pointers:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_Lots_h_double_arrow.png" format="PNG" width="48px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase><-></phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_Lots_v_double_arrow.png" format="PNG" width="48px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>It is not possible to individually adjust the size of panel
+ columns.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Fields</emphasis></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Shows the title for the highlighted
+ (selected) lot in the <guilabel>Lots in This Account </guilabel>
+ panel. When a new lot is created by clicking the <guilabel>New Lot
+ </guilabel> button, it has a default title of <emphasis>Lot n
+ </emphasis> where n is a number starting at 0 (for each security
+ account) and incrementing by 1. Deleting a lot does not reset the
+ next number to be used, but the title can be changed as required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Notes for the highlighted lot.
+ Users are free to enter anything they wish and the notes can be
+ changed as required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Panels</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>The order of the items in all the panels in this window
+ can be adjusted by clicking on the column headings.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Lots in This Account panel</guilabel></para>
+ <para>This panel shows lots for this security account.</para>
+ <para>If <guilabel>Show only open lots</guilabel> is checked, only
+ lots that have not been completely sold are shown.
+ </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Columns</guilabel></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Type:</guilabel> Always
+ blank for security lots. This window is also used for business
+ lots (which link payments to invoices) when coming from an
+ Accounts Payable or Receivable account and in that case,
+ <guilabel>Type</guilabel> will be <emphasis>I</emphasis> for
+ invoice. Credit Notes are also Type I.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Opened:</guilabel> <emphasis>Open
+ </emphasis> if there are no splits in the lot, otherwise the
+ date of the earliest split in this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Closed:</guilabel> <emphasis>
+ Open</emphasis> if the lot is not fully sold, otherwise the
+ date of the last sell split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Title:</guilabel> Lot Title.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel> Number of unsold
+ securities in this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gains:</guilabel> Calculated
+ gains or losses for this lot.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist> <!-- end of Columns in Lots in This Account -->
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Splits free panel</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>This panel shows buy and sell splits for this security
+ account which are not linked to a lot. Capital Gains splits
+ (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><guilabel>Columns</guilabel></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Date:</guilabel> Transaction Date Posted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Num:</guilabel> Transaction Num.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Description:</guilabel> Transaction
+ Description.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel>
+ Number of shares bought or sold from the transaction split.
+ Positive for buys, negative for sells. If the security
+ transaction split has been split into multiple subsplits
+ (because a split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount
+ will not be the full transaction amount, but only the amount
+ for this split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel> Amount x split price.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gain/Loss:</guilabel>
+ For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will
+ be recalculated during scrubbing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel>
+ Cumulative number of unsold shares for free splits.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem> <!-- end Splits free panel -->
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Splits in Lot panel</guilabel></para>
+
+ <para>This panel shows splits linked to the highlighted lot in
+ the <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel. This
+ panel will be empty until a lot is highlighted in the
+ <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel. Capital Gains
+ splits (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Columns</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Date:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Date Posted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Num:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Num.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Description:</guilabel>
+ Transaction Description.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel>
+ Split number of shares bought or sold. Positive for buys,
+ negative for sells. If the security transaction split has been
+ split into multiple subsplits (say by scrubbing because a
+ split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount will not be
+ the full transaction amount, but only the amount for this
+ split.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel>
+ Amount (No of Shares) x split price.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Gain/Loss:</guilabel>
+ For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will
+ be recalculated during scrubbing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Balance:</guilabel>
+ The number of unsold shares in this lot after this
+ transaction.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ </listitem> <!-- end Splits in Lot panel -->
+ </itemizedlist> <!-- end Panels -->
+
+ <para><emphasis>Buttons</emphasis></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel> >>:</guilabel> Links a free split
+ (buy or sell) to a lot. This button is not enabled until both
+ a lot and a free split are highlighted. The split moves from
+ the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>
+ Splits in lot</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Multiple buy splits and multiple sell splits may be linked
+ to the same lot. Refer to following section about the <guilabel>
+ Scrub Account</guilabel> button for details of the capital gains
+ transactions created in these situations.
+ </para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel> <<:</guilabel> Unlinks a split
+ from a lot. The split moves from the <guilabel>Splits in lot
+ </guilabel> panel to the <guilabel>Splits free</guilabel> panel.
+ This button is not enabled until a split in the <guilabel>Splits
+ in lot</guilabel> panel is highlighted. When the last split is
+ unlinked from a lot, the lot is automatically deleted
+ if there is no capital gain/loss transaction.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>New Lot:</guilabel> Creates a new
+ lot which shows in the <guilabel>Lots in This Account</guilabel>
+ panel. The new lot is not linked to any split.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Scrub Account:</guilabel>
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Creates a lot for each buy transaction split
+ that is not already linked to a lot.</para>
+ <para>A new lot is created for each unlinked buy transaction
+ split because gains on investments, in some jurisdictions,
+ may be taxed at different rates depending on how long they
+ were held before being sold. As a separate capital gains
+ transaction is created for each lot, this makes it easier to
+ determine tax on the capital gains based on the lot opened
+ and closed dates.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>If you know that the capital gains from a
+ sale are all to be taxed at the same rate, you can manually
+ link multiple buys to a lot so scrubbing will only create
+ 1 capital gains transaction.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is also possible to manually link multiple sell
+ transaction splits to a lot. In this case scrubbing creates
+ a capital gains transaction per sell transaction split
+ based on the average cost of securities held at the time of
+ each sale, assuming acquisitions are allocated to sales
+ using the security account costing method (currently only
+ FIFO). As this makes it complicated to manually verify the
+ costs are correct, it may be wise to limit this to specific
+ situations, say for example if there are multiple sales on
+ the same day.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Links buy and sell transaction splits to lots using FIFO
+ method.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Calculates gain/loss and creates a separate capital
+ gain/loss transaction for each lot that does not already
+ have one.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>If gain/loss splits have been manually entered as
+ part of a sell transaction, scrubbing does not recognize
+ them, so if manually adding gain/loss, always separate
+ the gain/loss splits from the transaction that reduces
+ the <guilabel>No of Shares</guilabel>, by putting them
+ in a separate transaction.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Scrub:</guilabel> Scrub only the
+ highlighted lot. This button is only enabled if a lot is
+ highlighted. If no buy splits are linked to the highlighted lot,
+ nothing is done. The <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> button will link
+ any free sell splits to the lot as required until the sum of the
+ sell split amounts equals the sum of the buy split amounts. If
+ the sum of the sell split amounts is greater than the sum of the
+ buy split amounts, a sell split will itself be split into 2
+ splits, with the remaining amount in an unlinked split.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>For both the <guilabel>Scrub Account</guilabel> and the
+ <guilabel>Scrub</guilabel> buttons:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The Gain/Loss for each lot is recalculated and a capital
+ gain transaction is created if needed. The transaction has
+ 1 split for the security account and the other with
+ account <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC</emphasis> where CCC is
+ the security currency. The <emphasis>Orphaned Gains-CCC
+ </emphasis> account is used because <application>GnuCash
+ </application> doesn't know which capital gain or loss
+ account should be used, so the user must change it to the
+ required income (or expense) gain or loss account.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Delete:</guilabel> Delete the highlighted
+ lot. Any linked splits are automatically freed (unlinked). This
+ button is only enabled if a lot is highlighted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Close:</guilabel> Close the <guilabel>
+ Lots in Account SSSS</guilabel> window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>See Tutorial and Concepts Guide, <ulink url="https://www.gnucash.org/docs/v2.6/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sellLots.html">
+ Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots</ulink> for
+ more details.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="tool-lots-bus">
+ <title>Lots for Business Features</title>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-bots-bus-intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>For business features, lots are used to link payments or credit
+ notes to the invoices to which they apply. This is for both customer
+ invoices and vendor bills.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are 2 main uses for the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel>
+ window in relation to the business features:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ To enquire about which payments or credit notes offset particular
+ invoices. For each invoice and credit note, <application>GnuCash
+ </application> automatically creates 1 (and only 1) lot. By
+ selecting the lot for the invoice or credit note in the <guilabel>
+ Lots in This Account</guilabel> panel, all the transaction splits
+ for that lot show in the <guilabel>Splits in Lot</guilabel> panel.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ Alternatively, print the invoice and check the <guilabel>
+ Payments</guilabel> option on the Display tab in the report
+ options. The Tax Invoice always shows payments so does not have
+ the Payments option.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ To correct mistakes that are hard to correct otherwise (either due
+ to bugs in past versions of gnucash or due to unintended use of
+ said features). Some of these use cases are found on
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Business_Features_Issues">
+ this wiki page
+ </ulink>. In the context of the normal operation of business
+ features , the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel> window is
+ <emphasis>not</emphasis> used to create, delete, link or unlink
+ lots. Lots are usually generated and manipulated internally only
+ by the business features programs.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Lots in Account AAAA</guilabel> window,
+ where AAAA is the <emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis> (AR) or
+ <emphasis>Accounts Payable</emphasis> (AP) account, open the
+ <emphasis>AR</emphasis> or <emphasis>AP</emphasis> account register,
+ then select
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>View Lots</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure pgwide="1">
+ <title>Lots in Account window for business features</title>
+ <screenshot id="tool-lotsInAcctBus">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject role="html">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good" width="510px"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject role="fo">
+ <imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Tool_LotsBus.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Chris Good"/>
+ </imageobject>
+
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Example of Lots in Account window for an Accounts
+ Receivable account
+ </phrase>
+ </textobject>
+
+ <caption><para>An image of the <guilabel>Lots in Account
+ </guilabel> window for an Accounts Receivable account.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </screenshot>
+ </figure>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 id="tool-lots-bus-scr">
+ <title>Screen Elements</title>
+
+ <para>The screen elements of the <guilabel>Lots in Account</guilabel>
+ window for an AR or AP account are the same as for a security account,
+ although the actions and data are different. As this window is only
+ used for creating, deleting, linking or unlinking lots in <emphasis>
+ exceptional</emphasis> circumstances, the differences are not
+ described. See <xref linkend="tool-lots-cap-scr"/> for a description
+ of the screen elements and what the buttons do when used with the lots
+ of a security account.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<!--
@@ -12547,7 +13144,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect1 id="report-intro">
<title>Introduction</title>
-
+
<para>Resoconti e diagrammi permettono a <application>&app;</application> di presentare una vista generale dei dati finanziari in vari modi. Questi strumenti vanno da un semplice sommario dei totali del conto ad una visualizzazione avanzata di un portafoglio. Questa sezione presenterà una spiegazione dei principali resoconti di <application>&app;</application> e su come personalizzarli</para>
<para>To run a report or chart, click on the <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports
@@ -12556,28 +13153,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
Saved Report Configuration</guibutton> to select a report you have
previously configured and saved.
</para>
-
+
<para>Once the report has opened, click on the <guibutton>Options
</guibutton> toolbar button to
configure the report as needed, for example to set the report date or
select accounts.
</para>
-
- <tip><para>If you intend to save a report configuration, you
+
+ <tip><para>If you intend to save a report configuration, you
should choose a named report date option such as <emphasis>Today
- </emphasis>rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to
+ </emphasis>rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to
enter a specific date again in future reports.</para>
</tip>
-
+
<tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end of an
accounting period, set the accounting period start and end dates in
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Accounting Period</guimenuitem></menuchoice> then select
appropriate report date options.
- See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period"/>.
+ See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period"/>.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<tip>
<para>If you cannot find a specific report to suit your requirements, you
may be able to use the <guilabel>Find Transaction</guilabel> assistant
@@ -12588,7 +13185,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
by copying and pasting the report into a spreadsheet.
</para>
</tip>
-
+
<para>After you have configured a report, you can save the configuration for
future use by clicking either the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration
</guibutton> or <guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...</guibutton>
@@ -12597,29 +13194,29 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="report-saving">
<title>Saving a Report Configuration</title>
-
+
<para>To save a report configuration for future use, while the required
report tab is selected, go to the report options, select the
<emphasis>General</emphasis> tab and change the <emphasis>Report Name
</emphasis> to a meaningful unique name. Do not confuse this with the
<emphasis>Report Title</emphasis> which prints at the top of a report.
</para>
-
+
<para>Click the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration</guibutton> or
<guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...</guibutton> button. This will
store your customized report options in a file in your home directory.
E.g. Linux: <emphasis>~/.gnucash/saved-reports-[versioninfo]</emphasis>
</para>
-
+
<para>The first time you save a report with a name that has not already
been saved, you can use either the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration
</guibutton> or the <guibutton>Save Report Configuration As...
</guibutton> button. You can modify the report name before saving it.
</para>
-
+
<para>After a report configuration for a specific name has been saved, the
<guibutton>Save Report Configuration</guibutton> button will immediately
- update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to
+ update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to
save the configuration with a new name. Use the <guibutton>Save Report
Configuration As...</guibutton> button to save the current report
configuration with a new name.
@@ -12632,41 +13229,41 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
& Custom</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Custom Multicolumn Report
</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
</para>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-working">
<title>Working with Saved Report Configurations</title>
-
+
<para>Selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guimenuitem>Saved
- Report Configurations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will open a dialog
+ Report Configurations</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will open a dialog
window with a list of the <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations
</emphasis> you have previously created. In this
context <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations</emphasis> means the set of
customized settings for standard reports.
</para>
-
+
<para>The <emphasis>Saved Report Configurations</emphasis> window lists
each of your previously saved report configurations, and 3 small buttons
at the end of each. These buttons perform the following actions
</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Load (and run) report configuration. Double clicking a
report configuration also performs this action.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Edit report configuration name. This enables a report
configuration to be renamed.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem><para>Delete report configuration.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
<sect1 id="report-config">
@@ -12682,17 +13279,17 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="report-opt-btns">
<title>Report Options Buttons</title>
- <para>After modifying report options, either</para>
-
+ <para>After modifying report options, either</para>
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to apply the changes,
regenerate the report and
close the options window.</para>
-
+
<para>or</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button to apply the
changes, regenerate the report and leave the options window open for
@@ -12700,18 +13297,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</guibutton> and <guibutton>OK</guibutton> buttons will be disabled,
indicating changes have been applied, until further changes are made.
</para>
-
+
<para>or</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para>Click the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button to close the
options window without applying any unapplied changes.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-common">
<title>Common Report Options</title>
@@ -12724,15 +13321,15 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para>Opzioni della data: normalmente i resoconti si riferiscono a una specifica data o intervallo di date. Queste possono essere impostate in due modi: direttamente (utilizzando il selettore di data) o selezionando una data relativa dal menu. Le date relative permettono di specificare dei valori quali <guilabel>Inizio di quest’anno</guilabel> o <guilabel>Oggi</guilabel>.</para>
-
- <tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end
+
+ <tip><para>If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end
of an accounting period, set the accounting period start and end
dates in <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>
Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Accounting Period
</guimenuitem></menuchoice> then select appropriate report date
options. See <xref linkend="prefs-accounting-period"/>.</para>
</tip>
-
+
</listitem>
<listitem>
@@ -12771,7 +13368,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem>
<para>Valuta del resoconto: seleziona la valuta da utilizzare per il resoconto. Generalmente le valute verranno convertite in questa valuta per la visualizzazione.</para>
-
+
<para>The default Report Currency is defined in <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> Reports tab. See <xref linkend="prefs-reports"/>.
@@ -12802,10 +13399,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="report-classes">
<title>Reports Listed By Class</title>
-
+
<para><application>GnuCash</application> has classified the main types of
reports into major classes. These
are all available under the Reports menu.</para>
@@ -12855,7 +13452,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<title>Opzioni del resoconto</title>
<figure>
- <title><emphasis>Transaction Report — Report Options</emphasis></title>
+ <title><emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options</emphasis></title>
<screenshot id="Help_TxRptOpt_Screen">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -12866,9 +13463,9 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<imagedata fileref="figures/Help_TxRptOpt_Screen.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Geert Janssens"/>
</imageobject>
- <textobject><phrase>Transaction Report — Report Options screen</phrase>
+ <textobject><phrase>Transaction Report, Report Options screen</phrase>
</textobject>
- <caption><para>This is an image of the <emphasis>Transaction Report — Report Options — Display tab.</emphasis></para>
+ <caption><para>This is an image of the <emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options, Display tab.</emphasis></para>
</caption>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
@@ -12877,7 +13474,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Accounts tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> — Select one or more accounts to be reported.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Accounts:</guilabel> Select one or more accounts to be reported.</para>
<para>There are 4 buttons to aid account selection</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -12891,18 +13488,18 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts</guilabel> — Show accounts that have been marked hidden.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts:</guilabel> Show accounts that have been marked hidden.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter By</guilabel> — Optionally select accounts to be either included or
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter By:</guilabel> Optionally select accounts to be either included or
excluded depending on Filter type</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts</guilabel> — Show accounts that have been
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Hidden Accounts:</guilabel> Show accounts that have been
marked hidden in the Filter By list of accounts</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter Type</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Filter Type:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12918,7 +13515,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Void Transactions</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Void Transactions:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12930,7 +13527,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -12944,19 +13541,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><guilabel>Num</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Descrizione</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Promemoria</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Notes</guilabel> — Display the notes if the memo is unavailable</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Notes:</guilabel> Display the notes if the memo is unavailable</para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name</guilabel> — For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Name:</guilabel> For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Use Full Other Account Name</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Other Account Code</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares</guilabel> — Display number of shares</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price</guilabel> — Display share prices</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares:</guilabel> Display number of shares</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price:</guilabel> Display share prices</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Amount:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12971,7 +13568,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><guilabel>Running Balance</guilabel></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><guilabel>Totals</guilabel></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sign Reverses</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sign Reverses:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -12989,10 +13586,10 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report name</guilabel> — Enter a descriptive name for this report</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> — Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report name:</guilabel> Enter a descriptive name for this report</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel> Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Start Date</guilabel> — Enter or select a specific Start Date</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel> Enter or select a specific Start Date</para>
<para>or select one of the following named start date options which will be used to determine the start date each time the report is run
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13011,7 +13608,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>End Date</guilabel> — Enter or select a specific End Date,</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>End Date:</guilabel> Enter or select a specific End Date,</para>
<para>or select one of the following named end date options which will be used to determine the end date each time the report is run
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13030,7 +13627,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Style</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Style:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13044,17 +13641,17 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Common Currency</guilabel> — Convert all transactions into a common currency</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> — Select the currency to display values</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Table for Exporting</guilabel> — Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Common Currency:</guilabel> Convert all transactions into a common currency</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel> Select the currency to display values</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Table for Exporting:</guilabel> Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Sorting tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Key</guilabel> — Primary Sort Key. One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Key:</guilabel> Primary Sort Key. One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13076,14 +13673,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Full Account Name</guilabel> — Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Account Code</guilabel> — Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal</guilabel> — Subtotal according to the primary key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal for Date Key</guilabel> — Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Full Account Name:</guilabel> Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Account Code:</guilabel> Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal:</guilabel> Subtotal according to the primary key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Subtotal for Date Key:</guilabel> Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Sort Order</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Primary Sort Order:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13094,13 +13691,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Key</guilabel> — Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal</guilabel> — Subtotal according to the secondary key</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal for Date Key</guilabel> — Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Key:</guilabel> Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal:</guilabel> Subtotal according to the secondary key</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Subtotal for Date Key:</guilabel> Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date, exact time or register order.
One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Sort Order</guilabel> — One of</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Secondary Sort Order:</guilabel> One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
@@ -13111,7 +13708,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button</guilabel> — Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Reset defaults button:</guilabel> Reset all values to their defaults</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13201,7 +13798,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</sect4>
</sect3>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="report-assets">
@@ -13217,47 +13814,47 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>Columns</para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Account</guilabel> — Stock Account</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Account:</guilabel> Stock Account</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Symbol</guilabel> — Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Symbol:</guilabel> Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Listing</guilabel> — Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Listing:</guilabel> Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares</guilabel> — Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show.
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Shares:</guilabel> Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show.
A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price</guilabel> — Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price:</guilabel> Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis</guilabel> — Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis:</guilabel> Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option <emphasis>Basis calculation method</emphasis> can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Value</guilabel> — Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Value:</guilabel> Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Money In</guilabel> — Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Money In:</guilabel> Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Money Out</guilabel> — Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Money Out:</guilabel> Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Realized Gain</guilabel> — Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Realized Gain:</guilabel> Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Unrealized Gain</guilabel> — Value less Basis for unsold shares</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Unrealized Gain:</guilabel> Value less Basis for unsold shares</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Gain</guilabel> — Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Gain:</guilabel> Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Gain</guilabel> — Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.1 onwards)</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Gain:</guilabel> Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from <application>GnuCash</application> 2.6.1 onwards)</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Income</guilabel> — Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Income:</guilabel> Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account.</para>
<note>
<para>To include income from dividends which are not reinvested (if there is no split to the stock account in the income transaction, the report has no way of associating the income with a particular stock) :
</para>
@@ -13285,13 +13882,13 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</note>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Brokerage Fees</guilabel> — Brokerage Fees</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Brokerage Fees:</guilabel> Brokerage Fees</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Return</guilabel> — Total Gain + Income</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Total Return:</guilabel> Total Gain + Income</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Return</guilabel> — Total Return / Money In * 100</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Rate of Return:</guilabel> Total Return / Money In * 100</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13306,7 +13903,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Include accounts with no shares</guilabel> — Unchecked (default) or checked.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Include accounts with no shares:</guilabel> Unchecked (default) or checked.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13317,19 +13914,19 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show ticker symbols</guilabel> — Checked default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show ticker symbols:</guilabel> Checked default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show listings</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show listings:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show number of shares</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show number of shares:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Share decimal places</guilabel> — The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Share decimal places:</guilabel> The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show prices</guilabel> — Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show prices:</guilabel> Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13340,16 +13937,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> — Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel> Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis calculation method</guilabel> — Average (default), FIFO or LIFO.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Basis calculation method:</guilabel> Average (default), FIFO or LIFO.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Set preference for price list data</guilabel> — Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Set preference for price list data:</guilabel> Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>How to report brokerage fees</guilabel> — Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore.</para>
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>How to report brokerage fees:</guilabel> Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13367,15 +13964,15 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<application>GnuCash</application> file over time. By default, the report shows all accounts
in <emphasis>Accounts Receivable</emphasis>, <emphasis>Current Assets</emphasis>,
<emphasis>Fixed Assets</emphasis>, <emphasis>Investments</emphasis> and Special Accounts
- (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period.
+ (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period.
This report provides a graphic view of the assets in the file over time.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with
+ <para>Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with
it's selected options for re-use later.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an
option to display a table of the values.</para>
<para>This report calculates and displays a default of 8 bars or up to 24 separate asset
@@ -13384,40 +13981,40 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
selected accounts summed as <emphasis>Other</emphasis>.</para>
<para>The report exploits the outline structure of the chart of accounts to allow the user
- to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected
+ to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected
sub-accounts below the selected depth are automatically <emphasis>summed up</emphasis> into
the next level when it is also selected. The default number of sub-account levels is 2,
giving a summary view. Increasing the number of sub-levels increases the detail available
- to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts
+ to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts
selected to force greater detail to appear in the report.</para>
<para>By default the report includes all <emphasis>asset</emphasis> accounts and sub-accounts,
as well as <emphasis>Imbalance</emphasis> and <emphasis>Orphan</emphasis> Special accounts
- in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the
+ in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the
default currency of the <application>GnuCash</application> file but if the file has data
for multiple currencies, then it can be changed to another currency.</para>
- <para>Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus
+ <para>Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus
on a small subset of data such as current assets or investments.</para>
- <para>The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current
- accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous
+ <para>The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current
+ accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous
other starting choices and ending choices are available.</para>
<para>The first bar shows the selected values at the end of the day on the first date chosen.
- There are a number of choices for step size from <emphasis>day</emphasis> to
- <emphasis>year</emphasis> with the default being <emphasis>month</emphasis>. Note that if any
+ There are a number of choices for step size from <emphasis>day</emphasis> to
+ <emphasis>year</emphasis> with the default being <emphasis>month</emphasis>. Note that if any
step date would fall on the 29th, 30th or 31st in a month that does not have such a date
the next interval will be 31 days later. For that step only the date will <emphasis>slip</emphasis>
up to 3 days into the following month. This is true for releases at least through 2.4.13.
Bug 639049 is open in Bugzilla to modify this behavior.</para>
- <para>Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period.
- There is also no option to show <emphasis>beginning</emphasis> balances or <emphasis>end of
- previous step</emphasis> balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to
+ <para>Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period.
+ There is also no option to show <emphasis>beginning</emphasis> balances or <emphasis>end of
+ previous step</emphasis> balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to
business quarterly reports, for example.</para>
- <para>The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart
+ <para>The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart
report are similar except for the graphic type and default account groups selected.</para>
<para>Other features are customizable in a manner similar to other standard reports.</para>
@@ -13541,28 +14138,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name:</guilabel>
Enter a descriptive name for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel>
Select a style sheet for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>To</guilabel> — Select a date
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>To:</guilabel> Select a date
to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and
including the selected date will be used to calculate the
outstanding aged balances. See common report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel>
Select the currency to display the values in - see common
report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel>
Select the source of price information used for currency
conversion if needed. One of</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13586,12 +14183,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals</guilabel>
- — If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals:</guilabel>
+ If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
currency.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By</guilabel> — Sort
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By:</guilabel> Sort
companies by one of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13611,7 +14208,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order</guilabel> — One of
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order:</guilabel> One of
</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13623,12 +14220,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items</guilabel>
- — Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items:</guilabel>
+ Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
balance.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date:</guilabel>
Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13641,7 +14238,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Payable Account</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Payable Account:</guilabel>
The accounts payable account used to select vendors to be
reported. Vendors are included if they have a posted
business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the
@@ -13653,41 +14250,41 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><emphasis>Display tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name:</guilabel>
Display vendor address name. This, and other fields, may be
useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a
mail merge.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1:</guilabel> Display
address line 1.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2:</guilabel> Display
address line 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3:</guilabel> Display
address line 3.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4:</guilabel> Display
address line 4.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone:</guilabel> Display
address phone number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax:</guilabel> Display
address fax number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Email</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Email:</guilabel> Display
email address.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Active</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Active:</guilabel> Display
vendor active status.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13733,28 +14330,28 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>General tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel> Report name:</guilabel>
Enter a descriptive name for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Stylesheet:</guilabel>
Select a style sheet for this report - see common report
options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>To</guilabel> — Select a date
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>To:</guilabel> Select a date
to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and
including the selected date will be used to calculate the
outstanding aged balances. See common report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Report's currency:</guilabel>
Select the currency to display the values in - see common
report options.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Price Source:</guilabel>
Select the source of price information used for currency
conversion if needed. One of</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13778,12 +14375,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals</guilabel>
- — If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show Multi-currency Totals:</guilabel>
+ If not selected, all totals are shown in the report
currency.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By</guilabel> — Sort
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort By:</guilabel> Sort
companies by one of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13803,7 +14400,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order</guilabel> — One of
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Sort Order:</guilabel> One of
</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13815,12 +14412,12 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items</guilabel>
- — Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Show zero balance items:</guilabel>
+ Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding
balance.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Due or Post Date:</guilabel>
Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of
</para>
<informaltable>
@@ -13833,7 +14430,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Receivables Account</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Receivables Account:</guilabel>
The accounts receivable account used to select customers to be
reported. Customers are included if they have a posted
business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the
@@ -13845,7 +14442,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<listitem><para><emphasis>Display tab</emphasis></para>
<itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Source</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Source:</guilabel>
Which customer address fields to display. One of</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
@@ -13859,41 +14456,41 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</informaltable>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name</guilabel> —
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address Name:</guilabel>
Display customer address name. This, and other fields, may be
useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a
mail merge.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 1:</guilabel> Display
address line 1.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 2:</guilabel> Display
address line 2.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 3:</guilabel> Display
address line 3.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Address 4:</guilabel> Display
address line 4.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Phone:</guilabel> Display
address phone number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Fax:</guilabel> Display
address fax number.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Email</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Email:</guilabel> Display
email address.</para>
</listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Active</guilabel> — Display
+ <listitem><para><guilabel>Active:</guilabel> Display
vendor active status.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -13972,7 +14569,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
-
+
<sect2 id="report-sample">
<title>Esempi e personalizzazioni</title>
@@ -13997,32 +14594,32 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<sect2 id="report-budget">
<title>Bilancio</title>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Balance Sheet</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Barchart</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Flow</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Income Statement</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Profit & Loss</title>
<para> </para>
</sect3>
-
+
<sect3>
<title>Budget Report</title>
<para>This report is used to compare budgeted and real amounts for selected accounts. It allows you to review how well you follow the budget.</para>
@@ -14063,16 +14660,16 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
</sect3>
</sect2>
-
+
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="report-print">
<title>Printing or Exporting Reports and Charts</title>
<note><para>Da verificare!!! Come personalizzare la stampa con Gnome?</para></note>
<para><application>&app;</application> è in grado di stampare i resoconti e di esportarli nel formato <acronym>HTML</acronym>. La finestra di stampa di un documento di <application>&app;</application> è accessibile dal pulsante <guibutton>Stampa</guibutton> sulla <emphasis>barra degli strumenti</emphasis> o tramite il menu selezionando la voce <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stampa</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Per esportare un resoconto come pagina internet (<acronym>HTML</acronym>), selezionare il pulsante <guibutton>Esporta</guibutton> sulla barra degli strumenti e inserire il nome da assegnare al file.</para>
-
+
<para>Most reports, being presented in HTML, can also be copied and pasted into a spreadsheet.</para>
<para>La finestra di stampa di un documento di <application>&app;</application> permette di selezionare la stampante alla quale inviare il lavoro di stampa o il file su cui stampare il documento. La finestra fornisce anche un pulsante di <guibutton>Anteprima</guibutton> per controllare il documento prima di inviarlo in stampa. Premendo <guibutton>Stampa</guibutton> il lavoro verrà inviato alla stampante selezionata mentre premendo <guibutton>Annulla</guibutton> la finestra verrà chiusa senza effettuare alcuna stampa.</para>
@@ -14087,7 +14684,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<note><para>Questa sezione potrebbe dover essere aggiornata!!!</para> </note>
<para>Se i resoconti forniti da <application>&app;</application> non soddisfano le proprie esigenze, è possibile crearne di nuovi. Per farlo è necessario conoscere Scheme (un linguaggio di programmazione simile a LISP) ed è anche consigliato avere accesso al codice sorgente di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
-
+
<para>L’interfaccia dei resoconti è documentata nel seguente file del codice sorgente <filename>src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt</filename>. Il file <filename>src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm</filename> nella distribuzione sorgente di <application>&app;</application> fornisce un buon esempio di come sviluppare un resoconto.</para>
<sect2 id="report-api">
@@ -14095,14 +14692,14 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
<para>It is also necessary to access data from the engine to get
information for your report. This is
- <emphasis>since version 2.1.x</emphasis> performed by a set of
+ <emphasis>since version 2.1.x</emphasis> performed by a set of
Scheme wrapper functions that are documented in the file
<filename>src/engine/swig-engine.c</filename>.
<emphasis>Up to version 2.0.5</emphasis> it was
<filename>src/g-wrap/gnc.html</filename>. Examine some of the other
reports in src/scm/report for an indication of how they are used.</para>
-
- <para>Some users started a table in the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
+
+ <para>Some users started a table in the <application>GnuCash</application> wiki
<ulink url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Custom_Reports#The_GnuCash_API">
Custom Reports#The GnuCash API</ulink>.
</para>
@@ -14113,7 +14710,7 @@ ________________________________________________________________________________
./configure --enable-doxygen --enable-html-docs
make doc
</screen> on your sources or online
- <ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/</ulink> or
+ <ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/</ulink> or
<ulink url="http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/">http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/</ulink>
to get more information about the functions.
</para>
@@ -14162,15 +14759,15 @@ make doc
<para>La finestra della struttura dei conti, mostra di default solamente la quantità di ogni commodity che si possiede, nella colonna del <guilabel>Totale</guilabel>. Spesso, però, può essere utile visualizzare altri valori; per fare questo si può premere il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton> nella <emphasis>barra del titolo</emphasis> (la piccola freccia verso il basso sul lato destro della <emphasis>barra del titolo</emphasis> nella finestra principale dei conti) e selezionare le voci da visualizzare. Queste scelte influenzano tutte le finestre aperte della struttura dei conti.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="set-prefs">
<title>Impostare le preferenze</title>
- <para>The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window allows you to customize your <application>GnuCash</application>
+ <para>The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window allows you to customize your <application>GnuCash</application>
session by setting several options. From the <application>GnuCash</application> menu
select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
(<menuchoice><guimenu>GnuCash</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on Mac OS X).
- The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window will open.
+ The <guilabel>GnuCash Preferences</guilabel> window will open.
Using the tabs on the left make your desired changes. The settings in
this dialog are set per user and not stored with the file. This is
in contrast to the settings described in <xref linkend="book-options"/>,
@@ -14185,7 +14782,7 @@ make doc
</tip>
<note>
<para>The changes you make will be applied at once.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
<para>Per chiudere la finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel>, premere il pulsante <guilabel>Chiudi</guilabel>.</para>
<para>Ogni scheda della finestra delle <guilabel>Preferenze di &app;</guilabel> ha una sezione dedicata nel seguito. Per un elenco delle schede, consultare <xref linkend="custom-gnucash"/>.</para>
@@ -14194,7 +14791,9 @@ make doc
<title>Periodo contabile</title>
<figure id="prefs-acct-period-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Periodo contabile</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window,
+ <guilabel>Accounting Period</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Accounting-Period">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14214,28 +14813,33 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data d’inizio</guilabel> - specifica l’inizio del periodo contabile.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel> This item sets the accounting period’s start date.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Relativa</guilabel> — utilizza la data iniziale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette. L’inizio relativo è definito da: oggi o l’inizio dell’attuale o precedente anno, trimestre o mese.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Relative:</guilabel> Use the specified relative starting date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. Relative defines
+ start by today or start of current/previous year, quarter, month.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Assoluta</guilabel> — utilizza la data iniziale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Absolute:</guilabel> Use the specified absolute starting date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Data di termine</guilabel> — specifica la fine del periodo contabile.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>End Date:</guilabel> This item sets the accounting period’s end date.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Relativa</guilabel> — utilizza la data finale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Relative:</guilabel> Use the specified relative ending date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Assoluta</guilabel> — utilizza la data finale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Absolute:</guilabel> Use the specified absolute ending date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14245,11 +14849,14 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Contenuto della barra di riepilogo</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Includi somma complessiva</guilabel> — se attivata, verrà mostrata nella <emphasis>barra di riepilogo</emphasis> una somma complessiva di tutti i conti utilizzando la valuta predefinita.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Include grand total:</guilabel> If checked, show in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a grand total of all
+ accounts converted to the default currency.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Includi i totali diversi dalle valute</guilabel> — se questa opzione è selezionata, <application>&app;</application> includerà nella <emphasis>barra di riepilogo</emphasis> un totale per gli elementi diversi dalla valuta (in pratica il numero di quote).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Include non-currency totals:</guilabel> if this
+ option is selected, <application>GnuCash</application> will include in the <emphasis>Summarybar</emphasis> a total
+ for non-currency items (for instance number of shares).</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14261,7 +14868,9 @@ make doc
<title>Conti</title>
<figure id="prefs-acct-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Conti</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Accounts</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Accounts">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14270,7 +14879,7 @@ make doc
<imageobject role="fo">
<imagedata fileref="figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png" format="PNG" srccredit="Cristian Marchi"/>
</imageobject>
-
+
<textobject>
<phrase>La scheda Conti</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -14280,11 +14889,18 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Carattere separatore</guilabel> — il separatore del conto è il carattere che separa un conto padre dai suoi sottoconti, per esempio Bollette:Elettricità . Il valore predefinito è <keycap>:</keycap> (Colon), ma è anche possibile selezionare <keycap>/</keycap> (Slash), <keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>-</keycap> (Dash), <keycap>.</keycap> (Period) o qualsiasi altro carattere Unicode che non sia una lettra o un numero.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Separator Character:</guilabel> The account
+ separator is the character that separates a parent account from its
+ sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric. The default is a
+ <keycap>:</keycap> (Colon), but you can also select
+ <keycap>/</keycap> (Slash),
+ <keycap>\</keycap> (Backslash), <keycap>-</keycap> (Dash)
+ or <keycap>.</keycap> (Period), or any Unicode character
+ that isn’t a letter or a number.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Reverse Balanced accounts</guilabel> — This option
+ <para><guilabel>Reverse Balanced accounts:</guilabel> This option
lets you determine whether account balances will display as positive
or negative numbers:</para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -14303,35 +14919,44 @@ make doc
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Etichette</guilabel> — selezionare questa opzione per fare in modo che le colonne del registro riportino i termini <guilabel>Debiti</guilabel> e <guilabel>Crediti</guilabel> invece delle diciture informali come <guilabel>Prelievo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Deposito</guilabel>. </para>
+ <para><guilabel>Labels:</guilabel> Select this option if you want
+ column headings in the register to refer to <guilabel>debits</guilabel> and
+ <guilabel>credits</guilabel> instead of the default informal headings such
+ as <guilabel>withdrawal</guilabel>
+ and <guilabel>deposit</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta predefinita</guilabel> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta impostata dal sistema come predefinita per la creazione di nuovi conti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default Currency:</guilabel> This item determines
+ which currency will be selected by default when creating new
+ accounts.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi conti creati.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the system locale currency for
+ all newly created accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Altra:</guilabel> — la valuta da utilizzare, indipendentemente dalle impostazioni di sistema.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Choose:</guilabel> specify the
+ currency to use, independent of your system
+ settings.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Account Color</guilabel> — This option
- lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
+ <para><guilabel>Account Color:</guilabel> This option
+ lets you manage the display of the account color set in the
<guilabel>Edit Account</guilabel> window:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors as background</guilabel> — show the
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors as background:</guilabel> show the
accounts color as account name background in the Accounts Page.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs</guilabel> — show the accounts
+ <para><guilabel>Show the Account Colors on tabs:</guilabel> show the accounts
color as background in the account register tabs.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14343,7 +14968,8 @@ make doc
<title>Impresa</title>
<figure id="prefs-biz-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Impresa</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Business</guilabel> tab</title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Business">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14365,38 +14991,44 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Generali</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable extra buttons</guilabel> — If checked,
+ <para><guilabel>Enable extra buttons:</guilabel> If checked,
extra toolbar buttons for common business functions are shown.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apri in una nuova finestra</guilabel> — se selzionata, ogni registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra in primo piano. Diversamente, il registro verrà aperto nella finestra corrente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Open in new window:</guilabel> If checked, each
+ invoice will be opened in its own top level window. If clear, the
+ invoice will be opened in the current window.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Accumula suddivisioni all’emissione</guilabel> — se accumulare automaticamente tutte le voci di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto, in un’unica suddivisione.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Accumulate splits on post:</guilabel> Whether
+ multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account
+ should be accumulated into a single split by default.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
-
+ </listitem>
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Fatture</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Report for printing:</guilabel> — Allows to select
+ <para><guilabel>Report for printing:</guilabel> Allows to select
the invoice report to be used for printing.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tasse incluse</guilabel> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle fatture. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Tax Included:</guilabel> Whether tax are
+ included by default in entries on invoices. This setting is
+ inherited by new customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
- time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting:</guilabel> If enabled, at post
+ time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
- <para>Counter documents are documents with
+ <para>Counter documents are documents with
opposite sign. For example for an invoice, customer credit notes and negative
invoices are considered counter documents.</para>
@@ -14411,23 +15043,28 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Ricevute</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Notifica scadenze</guilabel> — specifica se si vuole essere notificati all’avvio di <application>&app;</application> delle ricevute in scadenza.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Notify when due:</guilabel> Lets you set whether
+ you want to be notified at <application>GnuCash</application> startup
+ of when a bill is soon to be due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Giorni in anticipo</guilabel> — quanti giorni in anticipo avvisare delle ricevute in scadenza.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Days in advance:</guilabel> How many days before
+ the due date to warn about bills coming due.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tasse incluse</guilabel> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle ricevute. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Tax Included:</guilabel> Whether tax are
+ included by default in entries on bills. This setting is inherited
+ by new customers and vendors.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting</guilabel> — If enabled, at post
- time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
+ <para><guilabel>Auto pay on posting:</guilabel> If enabled, at post
+ time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding
pre-payments and counter documents.</para>
<note>
- <para>Counter documents are documents with
+ <para>Counter documents are documents with
opposite sign. For example for a bill, vendor credit notes and negative
bills are considered counter documents.</para>
@@ -14438,14 +15075,15 @@ make doc
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
</sect2>
<sect2 id="prefs-date-time">
<title>Data e ora</title>
<figure id="prefs-date-time-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Data e ora</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Date/Time</guilabel> tab</title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_DateTime">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14467,48 +15105,52 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Formato della data</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Usa orologio a 24 ore</guilabel> — permette di specificare se utilizzare il formato dell’ora a 12 o 24 ore. Cioé se le 11 di notte debbano essere rappresentate come 11PM o 23:00.l’</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Use 24-hour clock:</guilabel> Lets you specify if you
+ want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 11 o’clock at
+ night should be represented as 11PM or 23:00.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Formato della data</guilabel> — questa opzione controlla l’aspetto della data (un’anteprima della data è visualizzata a fianco di ciascuna scelta disponibile). Le scelte disponibili soo:</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Date Format:</guilabel> This option controls the
+ appearance of the date (you could see a preview of the date beside any of the choices).
+ The available choices are:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>US</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data proprio degli Stati Uniti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>US:</guilabel> Use the date format common in the United States.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>UK</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data proprio del Regno Unito.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>UK:</guilabel> Use the date format common in the United Kingdom.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Europa</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data proprio dell’Europa continentale.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Europe:</guilabel> Use the date format common in continental Europe.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>ISO</guilabel> — utilizza il formato di data specificato dallo standard ISO-8601.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>ISO:</guilabel> Use the date format specified by the ISO-8601 standard.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — usa il formato di data predefinito del sistema.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the date format specified by the system locale.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Date completion</guilabel> — This option
- lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
+ <para><guilabel>Date completion:</guilabel> This option
+ lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year</guilabel> (Default) — Dates will be completed so that
+ <para><guilabel>In the current calendar year:</guilabel> (Default) Dates will be completed so that
they are within the current calendar year.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
- the current month</guilabel> — Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
+ <para><guilabel>In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before
+ the current month:</guilabel> Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current
date. You can enter the maximum number of months to go backwards in time when completing dates.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14521,7 +15163,9 @@ make doc
<title>Generali</title>
<figure id="prefs-general-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Generali</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ General</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_General">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14543,20 +15187,27 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Generali</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Visualizza la finestra del «suggerimento del giorno»</guibutton> — questa opzione permette di abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione all’avvio di <application>&app;</application> della finestra del <guilabel>Suggerimento del giorno</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog:</guilabel> This option displays or hides the
+ <guilabel>Tip of the Day</guilabel> screen when <application>GnuCash</application> is started.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Visualizza i suggerimenti all’avvio</guibutton> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <guilabel>suggerimento del giorno</guilabel> all’avvio di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show splash screen:</guilabel> With this option you
+ can enable or disable the visualization of the startup screen while
+ <application>GnuCash</application> is starting up.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Esegui la procedura guidata per la struttura conti</guilabel> — questa opzione disabilita la visualizzazione dell’assistente per l’<guilabel>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</guilabel> quando viene selezionata la voce <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nuovo file</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dal menu di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Perform account list setup on new file:</guilabel>
+ This option turns off the display of the <guilabel>New Account
+ Hierarchy Setup</guilabel> assistant when the entry <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>New File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is selected from the
+ <application>GnuCash</application> menu.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Set book option on new files to use split "action"
- field for "Num" field on registers/reports</guilabel> —
+ field for "Num" field on registers/reports:</guilabel>
If selected, the displayed setting on the <guilabel>New Book
Options</guilabel> dialog for the <guilabel>Use Split Action Field
for Number</guilabel> setting will be selected and, if saved, the
@@ -14591,18 +15242,23 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Numeri</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza importi negativi in rosso</guilabel> — Se viene abilitata questa opzione, <application>&app;</application> visualizzerà gli importi negativi in rosso.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Display negative amounts in red:</guilabel> If you
+ turn off this option, <application>GnuCash</application> will display negative numbers in
+ black.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Posizioni decimali automatiche</guilabel> — inserisce automaticamente un punto decimale nei valori che sono digitati senza.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic Decimal Point:</guilabel> This option
+ will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type
+ in.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Posizioni decimali</guilabel> — il numero di posizioni decimali da utilizzare.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Decimal Places:</guilabel> This field allows you
+ to set the number of decimal places to be used.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>File</guilabel></para>
@@ -14611,38 +15267,44 @@ make doc
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Comprimi:</guilabel> — Questa opzione ndica se i file dei dati di <application>&app;</application> debbano essere compressi o meno.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Compress files:</guilabel> This option determines
+ whether the <application>GnuCash</application> data file will be compressed or not.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza la richiesta di conferma per il salvataggio automatico</guilabel> — se abilitata, <application>&app;</application> visualizzerà una schermata di conferma ogni volta che viene avviata la procedura di salvataggio automatico.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show auto-save confirmation question:</guilabel>
+ If this option is enabled, <application>GnuCash</application> will show you a confirmation screen
+ each time the auto-save process is started.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Intervallo di salvataggio automatico</guilabel> — i minuti intercorrenti tra un salvataggio automatico del file e uno successivo. Impostare a 0 per disabilitare la funzione di salvataggio automatrico.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-save time interval:</guilabel>
+ This field sets the number of minutes between each automatic saving of the file.
+ Set to 0 to disable the auto-save feature.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question</guilabel> —
- If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
+ <para><guilabel>Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question:</guilabel>
+ If enabled, the <guilabel>Save changes on closing</guilabel> question will only wait a
limited number of seconds for an answer. If the user didn’t answer within that time,
the changes will be saved automatically and the question window closed.
- You can sete the number of seconds in the <guilabel>Time to wait for answer</guilabel> field.</para>
+ You can sete the number of seconds in the <guilabel>Time to wait for answer</guilabel> field.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Conserva i file di log per:</guilabel> — in questa sezione è possibile impostare le preferenze relative ai file di log.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Retain log files:</guilabel> In this section you could set
+ your preferences about the log files using the provided radio buttons.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Mai</guilabel> — disabilita la creazione dei file di log.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Never:</guilabel> Disable the creation of log files.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Per:</guilabel> — inserire un numero di giorni per cui conservare i file.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>For:</guilabel> Enter a specific number of days for which keep the files.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Per sempre</guilabel> — disabilita la cancellazione automatica dei file di log; conserva i file di log per sempre.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Forever:</guilabel> Disable the auto deletion of log files; retains the log files forever.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14653,10 +15315,11 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Finestra di ricerca</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia per una nuova ricerca</guilabel> — apre una nuova ricerca se il numero di risultati trovati è inferiore al numero impostato qui.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>New search limit:</guilabel> Defaults to "new
+ search" if fewer than this number of items is returned.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -14664,7 +15327,9 @@ make doc
<title>Online Banking</title>
<figure id="prefs-online-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Online Banking</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Online Banking</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_OnlineBanking">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14686,13 +15351,18 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Importazione file QIF</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza la documentazione</guilabel> — la prima volta che si utilizza la procedura di importazione di file <acronym>QIF</acronym> vengono visualizzate delle istruzioni dettagliate su come importare un file. Una volta che si è acquistata familiarità con il procedimento, si potrebbe voler disattivare questa opzione rendendo il processo più veloce.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show documentation:</guilabel> The first time you
+ use the QIF importer you may
+ notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import
+ a file. Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you
+ might want to turn off this option. Turning off the option gives you
+ less detail in the importer screens.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file)</guilabel> —
- In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
- self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file):</guilabel>
+ In this section you could set the default status for imported transactions using the provided
+ self-explainingradio buttons:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Not cleared</guilabel> (Default)</para>
@@ -14714,42 +15384,59 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Importatore generico</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable skip transaction action</guilabel> — Enable the SKIP
+ <para><guilabel>Enable skip transaction action:</guilabel> Enable the SKIP
action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score
is in the yellow zone (above the Auto-ADD threshold but below the Auto-CLEAR threshold)
will be skipped by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Enable update match action</guilabel> — Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
- action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
- above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
+ <para><guilabel>Enable update match action:</guilabel> Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE
+ action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is
+ above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing
transaction will cause the existing transaction to be updated and cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Utilizza la corrispondenza Bayesiana</guilabel> — opzione per attivare o disattivare l’utilizzo degli algoritmi Bayesiani per trovare le corrispondenze tra le nuove transazioni e i conti esistenti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Use Bayesian matching:</guilabel> Use Bayesian
+ algorithms to match new transactions with existing accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia di visualizzazione</guilabel> — il punteggio minimo che una possibile corrispondenza deve avere per essere visualizzata nella lista delle corrispondenze.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Match display threshold:</guilabel> The minimal
+ score a potential match must have to be displayed in the match
+ list.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia di auto-inserimento</guilabel> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona rossa (al di sopra della soglia di visualizzazione, ma inferiore o uguale alla soglia di auto-inserimento), verrà inserita automaticamente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-add threshold:</guilabel> A transaction whose
+ best match’s score is in the red zone (above display threshold, but
+ below or equal to Auto-add threshold) will be added by
+ default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia di auto-liquidazione</guilabel> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona verde (superiore o al limite uguale al valore della soglia di auto-inserimento) verrà liquidata automaticamente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-clear threshold:</guilabel> A transaction
+ whose best match’s score is in the green zone (above or equal to
+ Auto-clear threshold) will be cleared by default.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Soglia per i costi degli ATM commerciali</guilabel> — in alcune zone, gli sportelli commerciali ATM (che non fanno capo a una particolare istituzione finanziaria) sono installati in luoghi come i centri commerciali. Questi sportelli addebitano direttamente l’importo sul totale invece di farlo figurare con una transazione separata o nell’estratto conto mensile della banca. Per esempio, se si prelevano €100 si può essere addebitati di €101,50. Se si fosse inserito manualmente l’addebito dei soli €100, gli importi non corrisponderebbero. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere impostata al valore massimo di questa tassa applicato nella propria area (in un’unità della propria valuta), in modo che le transazioni vengano riconosciute nel processo di identificazione delle corrispondenze.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Commercial ATM fees threshold:</guilabel>
+ In some places commercial ATMs (not
+ belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience
+ store. These ATM add its fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a
+ separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw
+ $100, and you are charged $101.50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered
+ that $100, the amounts won’t match. You should set this to whatever is the
+ maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the
+ transaction will be recognized as a match by
+ <application>GnuCash</application>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities</guilabel> — Enables the
- automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
+ <para><guilabel>Automatically create new commodities:</guilabel> Enables the
+ automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during
import. If not enabled, the user will be asked what to do with each unknown commodity.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14763,19 +15450,23 @@ make doc
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished</guilabel> — Close the log window
+ <para><guilabel>Close log window when finished:</guilabel> Close the log window
when the operation is completed.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Ricorda PIN</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <application>&app;</application> ricordi il PIN inserito per l’autenticazione all’online banking.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Remember PIN:</guilabel> Enable this option if you
+ want <application>GnuCash</application> to remember the PIN you
+ enter for online banking authentication.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Messaggi di debug prolissi</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <application>&app;</application> mostri informazioni iù dettagliate relativamente alle operazioni di online bancking.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Verbose debug messages:</guilabel> Enable this option if you
+ want <application>GnuCash</application> to show more information about the online
+ banking operations.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
+ </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -14783,7 +15474,9 @@ make doc
<title>Stampa</title>
<figure id="prefs-printing-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Stampa</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Printing</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Printing">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14804,15 +15497,20 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Stampa il formato della data</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare sugli assegni il formato della data (nel tipo a 8 punti) sotto alla data.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Print date format:</guilabel> Enable this option
+ if you want to print on the check, below the actual date, its format in 8 point type.
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Stampa i caratteri di blocco</guilabel> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare una serie di tre asterischi prima e dopo ogni campo di testo sull’assegno.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Print blocking chars:</guilabel> Enable this option to print
+ a series of three asterisks before and after each text field in the check.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Carattere predefinito</guilabel> — premere il pulsante di sinistra per aprire una finestra di <guilabel>Selezione del tipo di carattere</guilabel> in cui è possibile personalizzare il carattere da utilizzare per la stampa su carta degli assegni.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default font:</guilabel> Click the button on the left to open
+ a <guilabel>Pick a Font</guilabel> screen in which you can customize the font
+ that will be used to print checks.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
@@ -14821,7 +15519,9 @@ make doc
<title>Registro</title>
<figure id="prefs-reg-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Registro</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Register</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Register">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14843,15 +15543,23 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Operazioni</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>«Invio» inserisce una riga con una transazione vuota</guilabel> — se attivata, premendo il tasto <keycap function="enter">Invio</keycap> il cursore verrà spostato all’ultima transazione vuota alla fine del registro. Diversamente il cursore si sposterà alla riga successiva.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>'Enter' moves to blank transaction:</guilabel> If
+ selected, move the cursor to the blank transaction at the end of the register
+ after the user presses the <keycap function="enter">Enter</keycap> key. Otherwise the cursor will be moved
+ down one row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Espandi liste automaticamente</guilabel> — se selzionata, tutte le liste verranno automaticamente espanse quando l’input è focalizzato nel campo lista.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-raise lists:</guilabel> If selected, all lists
+ will automatically be expanded when input focus is in the list
+ field.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>La sequenza di «Tab» include il campo «Trasferimento» per le transazioni memorizzate</guilabel> — se selezionata, quando la transazione è completata automaticamente, premendo il tasto <keycap>Tab</keycap> nel registro, il salto del cursore includerà il campo <guilabel>Trasferimento</guilabel>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction:</guilabel>
+ If selected, when the transaction is auto filled, pressing the
+ <keycap>Tab</keycap> key in the register the cursor’s jump
+ will include the <guilabel>Transfer</guilabel> field.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14860,19 +15568,29 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Riconciliazione</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Spunta le transazioni liquidate</guilabel> — se selezionata, verranno spuntate automaticamente le transazioni liquidate al momento della riconciliazione.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Check cleared transactions:</guilabel> If selected,
+ automatically check off cleared transactions when
+ reconciling.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Trasferimento automatico degli interessi</guilabel> — se attivata, prima della riconciliazione di un conto che matura o addebita interessi, verrà richiesto se inserire una transazione per gli interessi. Attualmente questa impostazione ha effetto solamente sui seguenti tipi di conti: banca, credito, fondo comune, attività , debiti e crediti correnti e passività .</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic interest transfer:</guilabel> If
+ selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays
+ interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest
+ charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual,
+ Asset, Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Pagamento carta di credito automatico</guilabel> — se selezionata, dopo la riconciliazione del conto della carta di credito, verrà richiesto un pagamento con la carta di credito.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Automatic credit card payment:</guilabel> If
+ selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user
+ to enter a credit card payment.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Riconcilia sempre a oggi</guilabel> — se selezionata, la finestra di riconciliazione viene aperta con la data odierna, indiffirentemente dalla data della riconciliazione precedente.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Always reconcile to today:</guilabel> If
+ selected, always open the reconcile screen with today’s date for
+ statement date, regardless of previous reconciliation.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14880,21 +15598,30 @@ make doc
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Grafica</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Utilizza i colori del tema di sistema</guilabel> — se attivata, verranno utilizzati i colori del tema di sistema per la decorazione delle finestre del registro. Se disattivata, verranno utilizzati i colori originali di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Use system theme colors:</guilabel> If selected,
+ the system color theme will be applied to register windows. Otherwise
+ the original <application>GnuCash</application> register color will be used.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>I colori della modalità a doppia linea si alternano tra le transazioni</guilabel> — se attivata, configura la finestra del registro in modo da alternare i colori primario e secondario per ogni transazione, invece che per ogni riga.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Double mode colors alternate with
+ transactions:</guilabel> If selected, configures the register
+ window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with
+ each transaction, instead of each row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Disegna delle linee orizzontali fra le righe</guilabel> — se selezionata, <application>&app;</application> disegnerà delle linee orizzontali tra ogni riga.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Draw horizontal lines between rows:</guilabel> If
+ selected, <application>GnuCash</application> will draw a horizontal line between each
+ row.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Disegna delle linee verticali fra le colonne</guilabel> — se selezionata, <application>&app;</application> disegnerà delle linee verticali tra ogni colonna.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Draw vertical lines between columns:</guilabel> If
+ selected, <application>GnuCash</application> will draw a vertical line between the cells in
+ each row.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -14906,7 +15633,9 @@ make doc
<title>Predefinite del registro</title>
<figure id="prefs-reg-def-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Predefinite del registro</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Register Defaults</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_RegisterDefaults">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14930,39 +15659,49 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Stile predefinito</guilabel></para>
<para>Qui è possibile scegliere tra 3 diversi stili per la finestra del registro: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Libro mastro basilare</guilabel> — visualizza tutte le transazioni su una riga singola (due nella modalità a doppia linea).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Basic ledger:</guilabel> Show all transactions on one line. (Two in double line
+ mode.)</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Mastro a espansione automatica
-
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-split ledger:</guilabel> Automatically expand the current transaction to show
+ all splits. All other transactions are shown on one line. (Two in double line
+ mode.)</para>
+ </listitem>
-
- Giornale della transazione
-
- </guilabel></para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><guilabel>Transaction journal:</guilabel> All transactions are expanded to show all splits.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Altre predefinite</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Il registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra</guilabel> — se selezionata, il registro del conto verrà aperto in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Register opens in a new window:</guilabel> If
+ selected, register will be in a separate window instead of in a
+ tab.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Modalità a doppia linea</guilabel> — visualizza due righe di informazioni per ogni transazione in luogo di una unica.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Double line mode:</guilabel> If selected, show two
+ lines of information for each transaction instead of one.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza solamente i nomi dei sottoconti</guilabel> — se selezionata, verranno visualizzati solamente i nomi dei sottoconti nel campo di selezione del <guilabel>Conto</guilabel>. Il comportamento predefinito prevede la visualizzazione del nome completo del conto con incluso il suo percorso nella struttura dei conti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Only display leaf account names:</guilabel> If selected, only the name of the leaf
+ accounts will be displayed in the <guilabel>Account</guilabel> selection popup.
+ The default behavoir is to display the full account name including the path in the account tree.</para>
<warning>
<para>Abilitare questa opzione presuppone che vengano utilizzati dei nomi unici per i conti figli.</para>
</warning>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Numero di transazioni</guilabel> — quante transazioni visualizzare nel registro. Un valore nullo significa che verranno visualizzate tutte le transazioni.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Number of transactions:</guilabel> How many
+ transactions to show in a register. Set to 0 to show all transactions.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -14973,7 +15712,9 @@ make doc
<title>Resoconti</title>
<figure id="prefs-reports-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Resoconti</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Reports</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Reports">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -14994,23 +15735,28 @@ make doc
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Valuta predefinita</guilabel> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta da utilizzare come predefinita per creare i resoconti. È possibile scegliere tra:</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Default Report Currency:</guilabel> This item
+ determines which currency will be used by default when creating
+ reports. You can choose:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Locale</guilabel> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi resoconti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Locale:</guilabel> Use the system locale currency for all
+ newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Altra</guilabel> — utilizza la valuta specificata in questo campo per tuti nuovi resoconti.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Choose:</guilabel> Use the specified currency for all
+ newly created reports.</para>
</listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
+ </itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Posizione</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Il resoconto viene aperto in una nuova finestra</guilabel> — se selezionata, i resoconti verranno aperti in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Report opens in a new window:</guilabel> if you select this option, the
+ reports will open up in a new window, instead of in a tab.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -15021,7 +15767,9 @@ make doc
<title>Transazioni pianificate</title>
<figure id="prefs-sched-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Transazioni pianificate</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_ScheduledTransactions">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -15045,7 +15793,10 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Avvia all’apertura del file</guilabel> — se selezionata verrà visualizzato <guilabel>L’assistente dall’utlimo avvio</guilabel> all’avvio di <application>&app;</application> (o meglio quando <application>&app;</application> aprirà un file).</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Run when data file opened:</guilabel> If selected,
+ the <guilabel>Since Last Run</guilabel> screen will appear on <application>GnuCash</application> start-up (or
+ rather when <application>GnuCash</application> opens the file).
+ </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -15054,17 +15805,21 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Predefinite dell’editor transazioni</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Crea automaticamente le nuove transazioni</guilabel> — se selezionata, le nuove transazioni pianificate verranno inserite automaticamente nel registro. Se questa opzione viene abilitata, è anche possibile abilitare l’opzione <guilabel>Notifica prima che le transazioni vengano create</guilabel> in modo che sia possibile confermare la creazione delle transazioni.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Auto-Create new transactions:</guilabel> If
+ selected, new scheduled transactions will automatically be entered
+ into the register. If the auto-create option is enabled, you could also check
+ <guilabel>Notify before transactions are created</guilabel> so that you will be
+ able to confirm creating the transactions.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Create in advance</guilabel> — The default
+ <para><guilabel>Create in advance:</guilabel> The default
number of days in advance to create the registered scheduled
transactions.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Remind in advance</guilabel> — The default
+ <para><guilabel>Remind in advance:</guilabel> The default
number of days in advance to remind on new scheduled
transactions.</para>
</listitem>
@@ -15077,7 +15832,9 @@ make doc
<title>Finestre</title>
<figure id="prefs-windows-fig">
- <title>La scheda <guilabel>Preferenze — Finestre</guilabel></title>
+ <title>The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel>
+ Windows</guilabel> tab
+ </title>
<screenshot id="Prefer_Windows">
<mediaobject>
<imageobject role="html">
@@ -15099,7 +15856,9 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Geometria finestra</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Salva la dimensione e la posizioen della finestra</guilabel> — se selezionata, al prossimo avvio <application>&app;</application> utilizzerà la dimensione e la posizione della finestra configurate nell’ultimo avvio.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Save window size and position:</guilabel> If
+ selected, next time <application>GnuCash</application> starts will re-use the windows size
+ and position configured in the last run.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -15108,19 +15867,22 @@ make doc
<para><guilabel>Schede</guilabel></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Visualizza il tasto di chiusura sulle schede</guilabel> — aggiunge una piccola icona per la chiusura su ogni scheda per renderne più semplice la chiusura.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Show close button on notebook tabs:</guilabel> Adds
+ a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the
+ various tabs.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Porta la scheda più recente in primo piano</guilabel> — se selezionata, le nuove schede create verranno visualizzate al di sopra delle altre.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Bring the most recent tab to the front:</guilabel> If
+ selected, the newly created tab will be shown over the other tabs.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> — The width of tab label
+ <para><guilabel>Width:</guilabel> The width of tab label
expressed in characters.
<note>
- <para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
- (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut
+ <para>If the text in the tab is longer than this value
+ (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut
and replaced with an ellipsis.
</para>
</note>
@@ -15128,12 +15890,12 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Posizione delle schede</guilabel></para>
<para>Posiziona le schede in <guilabel>Alto</guilabel> (predefinita), in <guilabel>Basso</guilabel>, a <guilabel>Sinistra</guilabel> o a <guilabel>Destra</guilabel>.</para>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Posizione della barra di riepilogo</guilabel></para>
<para>Posiziona la barra di riepilogo <guilabel>In alto</guilabel> o <guilabel>In basso</guilabel> (predefinita) nella finestra principale di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
@@ -15187,7 +15949,7 @@ make doc
changes are reflected in the affected areas of <application>GnuCash</application>
as soon as the button is pressed, so it can be used to 'see' the effect
of a given option without having to re-open the dialog. The
- <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button is not sensitive on the dialog if
+ <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button is not sensitive on the dialog if
it appears during transaction import (that is, 'new book') situations.
The <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button behaves like the
<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button except that it immediately
@@ -15200,7 +15962,7 @@ make doc
<para>The <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> tab of this dialog allows
the selection of options that affect how accounting registers function.
</para>
-
+
<sect3 id="trading-accounts-book-option">
<title>Use Trading Accounts</title>
@@ -15229,7 +15991,7 @@ make doc
<note>
<para>This option is only available in <application>GnuCash
</application> version 2.6 or later.</para>
- </note>
+ </note>
<para>Check the <guilabel>Use Split Action Field for Number</guilabel>
checkbox to have the split action field of the anchor split used for
the 'Num' column in registers, reports and import/export functions,
@@ -15331,7 +16093,7 @@ make doc
<para>The <guilabel>Business</guilabel> tab allows you to enter values
that are in turn used by the business features of <application>GnuCash</application>:</para>
-
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Company Name</term>
@@ -15370,7 +16132,7 @@ make doc
<varlistentry>
<term>Fancy Date Format</term>
- <listitem><para>The default date format used for fancy printed dates
+ <listitem><para>The default date format used for fancy printed dates
(e.g. on invoices).</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
@@ -15414,14 +16176,14 @@ make doc
the number to be printed with leading zeros and 5 characters wide, you
would enter "C - %05li" and the next customer number would be assigned
the number "C - 00006".</para>
-
+
<note><para>For historical reasons <application>GnuCash</application> accepts multiple format specifiers
although they all yield the same end result. You can choose "li", "lli" or I64i".</para>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="change-style">
<title>Modificare i fogli di stile</title>
@@ -15933,7 +16695,7 @@ make doc
<sect3 id="style-tech-images">
<title>Immagini</title>
-
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Immagine di sfondo:</guilabel> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <guibutton>Sfoglia</guibutton>. Il pulsante <guibutton>Pulisci</guibutton> annulla la selezione.</para>
@@ -15977,17 +16739,17 @@ make doc
<sect1 id="set-tax-options">
<title>Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse</title>
- <para>The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options.
+ <para>The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options.
The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export function
- in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to
+ in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that
- the <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large
- downward-pointing arrow and select <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> check box). The <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel>
- column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <guilabel>Schedule D
- Dividend, cap gain distrib.</guilabel>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively,
- it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through
+ <para>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that
+ the <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large
+ downward-pointing arrow and select <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel> check box). The <guilabel>Tax Info</guilabel>
+ column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <guilabel>Schedule D
+ Dividend, cap gain distrib.</guilabel>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively,
+ it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through
<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tax Report Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -16004,7 +16766,7 @@ make doc
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for
+ <para>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for
account type</para>
</listitem>
@@ -16029,19 +16791,19 @@ make doc
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax
+ <para>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax
type "tax_type"</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type
+ <para>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type
"tax_type")</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to
- individual accounts. Click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to set the identity. The Tax Name is
- optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A
+ <para>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to
+ individual accounts. Click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to set the identity. The Tax Name is
+ optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A
<guilabel>Type</guilabel> must be selected in order to activate the tax category
selections. The choices are:</para>
@@ -16067,81 +16829,81 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories
- have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need
- to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious.
- The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing
- the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed
+ <para>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories
+ have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need
+ to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious.
+ The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing
+ the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed
(and highly recommended) that each <application>GnuCash</application> file is for only one tax entity
- and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep,
- for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one <application>GnuCash</application> file
+ and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep,
+ for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one <application>GnuCash</application> file
if you plan to use the Income Tax Reporting features.</para>
- <para>A given <acronym>TXF</acronym> code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule
- Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for
- each account and a summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the total as calculated by the
+ <para>A given <acronym>TXF</acronym> code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule
+ Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for
+ each account and a summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the total as calculated by the
report.</para>
- <para>For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer
- on the <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be based on what is specified here, either the
- account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent
- account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or
+ <para>For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer
+ on the <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be based on what is specified here, either the
+ account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent
+ account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or
mutual funds that pay dividends where the individual payees are shown on
- the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of
- your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks
- that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the
- broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’;
- the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had
- several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each
- broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent
- account named <emphasis>Directly Held</emphasis>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for
- one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each
- stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select
- <guilabel>Current Account</guilabel>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported
- and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a
+ the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of
+ your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks
+ that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the
+ broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’;
+ the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had
+ several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each
+ broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent
+ account named <emphasis>Directly Held</emphasis>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for
+ one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each
+ stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select
+ <guilabel>Current Account</guilabel>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported
+ and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a
subtotal for each stock, along with each stock’s name as the payer.</para>
<para>Some tax Forms/Schedules need to have multiple copies filed under
- some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have
- separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the
- <guilabel>Copy Number</guilabel> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by
+ some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have
+ separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the
+ <guilabel>Copy Number</guilabel> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by
copy number.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an
- account to set a <acronym>TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is
- changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will
+ <para>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an
+ account to set a <acronym>TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is
+ changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will
be set to the selected item. </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an
- account then select the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed
+ <para>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an
+ account then select the <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed
on the account edit dialogue but cannot be changed from there.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description
- appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <guilabel>No help
- available</guilabel>), along with the <acronym>TXF</acronym> code for the category and information
- about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are
+ <para>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description
+ appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <guilabel>No help
+ available</guilabel>), along with the <acronym>TXF</acronym> code for the category and information
+ about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are
included in by tax year (used for detailed sort on report).</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
- <para>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text
- description that is exported along with the value of the account is
- derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank,
- stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally,
+ <para>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text
+ description that is exported along with the value of the account is
+ derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank,
+ stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally,
it is a description of a deduction.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Copy Number: A copy number that is exported along with the value
- of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different
- copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g.,
- Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the
+ of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different
+ copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g.,
+ Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the
report.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -16172,9 +16934,9 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual
- payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts,
- only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax
+ <para>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual
+ payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts,
+ only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax
enhancement) </para>
<itemizedlist>
@@ -16201,11 +16963,11 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem
- for the last payment that is due Jan 15. <application>GnuCash</application> changes the the date of
- the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special
- date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab.
- The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only
+ <para>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem
+ for the last payment that is due Jan 15. <application>GnuCash</application> changes the the date of
+ the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special
+ date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab.
+ The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only
matters if you have to compute the penalty. </para>
<para>TXF Tax eXport Format </para>
@@ -16216,16 +16978,16 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be
- summed for all the accounts generating one detail <acronym>TXF</acronym> record per account
- and one summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer
- Name Source" will generate a separate summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> account with each
- change in payer. Selecting the "Print <acronym>TXF</acronym> export parameters" option will
- cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source
+ <para>Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be
+ summed for all the accounts generating one detail <acronym>TXF</acronym> record per account
+ and one summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer
+ Name Source" will generate a separate summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> account with each
+ change in payer. Selecting the "Print <acronym>TXF</acronym> export parameters" option will
+ cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source
option Y) and, for the accounts assigned to those codes, the Name Source
- each account is set to and the <acronym>TXF</acronym> item number that will be assigned to
- each. A summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be generated for each change in assigned
- item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and
+ each account is set to and the <acronym>TXF</acronym> item number that will be assigned to
+ each. A summary <acronym>TXF</acronym> record will be generated for each change in assigned
+ item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and
TurboTax.</para>
@@ -16235,25 +16997,25 @@ make doc
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security;
- generates <acronym>TXF</acronym> output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the
- date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately
+ <para>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security;
+ generates <acronym>TXF</acronym> output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the
+ date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately
added in the tax software). The code can be assigned to either a short-,
- long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales
- transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling
- Shares, of the <application>GnuCash</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the
- transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other
- splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each
- of these found, it generates a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> output record with the
- quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales
- amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction
- split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, <acronym>TXF</acronym> output
- data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will
- fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set
- to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this
+ long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales
+ transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling
+ Shares, of the <application>GnuCash</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the
+ transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other
+ splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each
+ of these found, it generates a detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> output record with the
+ quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales
+ amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction
+ split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, <acronym>TXF</acronym> output
+ data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will
+ fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set
+ to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this
reason, there should be no more than one gain/loss account entered per
- transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that
- no amounts are used from <application>GnuCash</application>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement
+ transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that
+ no amounts are used from <application>GnuCash</application>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement
is expected to use this data to provide capital gain reporting).</para>
</sect2>
@@ -17248,7 +18010,7 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
</tgroup>
</table>
</para>
-<para>Source:
+<para>Source:
<ulink url="https://github.com/Gnucash/gnucash/blob/maint/src/tax/us/txf-help.scm"/>
</para>
@@ -17261,12 +18023,12 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
<para><application>&app;</application> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</guilabel> e <guilabel>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</guilabel>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <guilabel>Ripristina avvisi</guilabel> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi. Gli avvisi possono essere abilitati in modo selettivo.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="chang-lang">
<title>Changing the Language</title>
-
+
<para>La lingua dell’interfaccia di <application>&app;</application> non è direttamente modificabile dalle preferenze del programma.</para>
-
+
<para>Il metodo per cambiare lingua del programma dipende dal sistema operativo in cui <application>&app;</application> viene eseguito.</para>
<variablelist>
@@ -17290,7 +18052,7 @@ The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</
<para><command>defaults delete $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/GnuCash.app)</command></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
-
+
<varlistentry><term><trademark>Finestre</trademark></term>
<listitem>
<para>Se si sta eseguendo <application>&app;</application> 2.4.0 (o successivo) su Windows, è possibile impostare la lingua dell’interfaccia modificando il file <filename>environment</filename> con un editor di testo (per esempio <application>Notepad</application>). Di norma questo file è installato nella cartella <filename role="directory">c:\Programmi\gnucash\etc\gnucash</filename>. Modificare il file in modo che le ultime righe siano come le seguenti:</para>
@@ -17304,11 +18066,11 @@ LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
+
<tip>
<para>Maggiori e più aggiornate informazioni relative all’argomento possono essere reperite sulla <ulink type="http" url="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Locale_Settings">pagina delle impostazioni della lingua</ulink> nel wiki di <application>&app;</application>.</para>
</tip>
-
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -17319,20 +18081,20 @@ LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
Last modified: August 08th 2016 (reflect updates by F::Q 1.38)
modified: April 11th 2013 (reflect bugfixes by F::Q 1.18)
modified: September 21th 2012
- modified: March 15th 2007
- modified: August 12th 2006
+ modified: March 15th 2007
+ modified: August 12th 2006
modified: February 28th 2005
Maintainers:
- Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
- Previous: Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
- Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
+ Frank H. Ellenberger <frank.h.ellenberger at gmail.com>
+ Previous: Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
+ Neil Williams <linux at codehelp.co.uk>
Author:
Chris Lyttle <chris at wilddev.net>
Translators:
- (translators put your name and email here)
+ (translators put your name and email here)
-->
<appendix id="tips">
@@ -17391,7 +18153,7 @@ LANGUAGE={LANG}</programlisting>
</entry>
<entry>
<para> In 2012 happened a modification on the website.
- Make shure, you updated F::Q to version 1.18.
+ Make shure, you updated F::Q to version 1.18.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -21274,7 +22036,7 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
</appendix>
-<!--
+<!--
The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais at okstate.edu>
Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
@@ -21298,52 +22060,52 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
<sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
<title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
<para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.</para>
-
+
<para>This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.</para>
-
+
<para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section1">
<title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
<para id="fdl-document">This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <quote>you</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-modified">A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-secondary">A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para>
<para id="fdl-invariant">The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-transparent">A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>.</para>
-
+
<para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.</para>
-
+
<para id="fdl-title-page">The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section2">
<title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section3">
<title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
<para>If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para>
-
+
<para>If you publish or distribute <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.</para>
-
+
<para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section4">
<title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
<para>You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para>
-
+
<itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
<listitem>
<formalpara>
@@ -21351,91 +22113,91 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
<para>Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>B</title>
<para>List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>C</title>
<para>State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the publisher.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>D</title>
<para>Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>E</title>
<para>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>F</title>
<para>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>G</title>
<para>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document’s</link> license notice.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>H</title>
<para>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>I</title>
<para>Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>J</title>
<para>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>K</title>
<para>In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section’s title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>L</title>
<para>Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>M</title>
<para>Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
-
+
<listitem>
<formalpara>
<title>N</title>
@@ -21443,68 +22205,68 @@ bogus_symbol2,price2,date2
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-
+
<para>If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para>
-
+
<para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</para>
-
+
<para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section5">
<title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.</para>
-
+
<para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</para>
-
+
<para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote></para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section6">
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</para>
-
+
<para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
<para>A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section8">
<title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
<para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section9">
<title>9. TERMINATION</title>
<para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</para>
</sect1>
-
+
<sect1 id="fdl-section10">
<title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
<para>The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
-
+
<para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-using">
<title>Addendum</title>
<para>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:</para>
-
+
<blockquote>
<para>Copyright Cristian Marchi, 2011</para>
<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote>.</para>
</blockquote>
-
+
<para>If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.</para>
-
+
<para>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.</para>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
Summary of changes:
guide/it/Makefile.am | 2 +-
guide/it/gnucash-guide.xml | 2272 ++++--------------------------------------
help/it/gnucash-help.xml | 2332 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------
3 files changed, 1731 insertions(+), 2875 deletions(-)
More information about the gnucash-changes
mailing list